This is only a preview of the February 2009 issue of Silicon Chip. You can view 32 of the 104 pages in the full issue, including the advertisments. For full access, purchase the issue for $10.00 or subscribe for access to the latest issues. Articles in this series:
Items relevant to "Tempmaster Electronic Thermostat Mk.2":
Articles in this series:
Items relevant to "10A Universal Motor Speed Controller, Mk.2":
Items relevant to "Programmable Time Delay Flash Trigger":
Items relevant to "Multi-Purpose Car Scrolling Display, Pt.3":
Purchase a printed copy of this issue for $10.00. |
siliconchip.com.au
February 2009 1
SILICON
CHIP
If you are seeing a blank page here, it is
more than likely that it contained advertising
which is now out of date and the advertiser
has requested that the page be removed to
prevent misunderstandings.
Please feel free to visit the advertiser’s website:
www.jaycar.com.au
Contents
Vol.22, No.2; February 2009
www.siliconchip.com.au
SILICON
CHIP
Features
12 Digital Radio Is Coming, Pt.1
Digital radio starts in Adelaide, Brisbane, Melbourne, Perth & Sydney on 1st
May, with 71 radio stations on 10 DAB+ transmitters. Here’s a rundown on this
complex and completely new radio broadcast medium – by Alan Hughes
16 Review: LeCroy Waverunner 104Mxi Digital Scope
This high-end 4-channel scope operates under Windows XP and can be
operated using either a USB mouse or via its touch screen – by Leo Simpson
34 2.4GHz DSS Radio Control Systems
Digital spread spectrum (DSS) radio control systems are revolutionising the
model radio control scene. Here’s a look at the technology – by Bob Young
Tempmaster Electronic
Thermostat Mk.2 – Page 22.
Pro jects To Build
22 Tempmaster Electronic Thermostat Mk.2
Use it to convert a chest-type freezer into an energy-efficient fridge or to
convert a fridge into a wine cooler. It can also control 12V fridges & freezers,
as well as heaters in hatcheries and fish tanks, plus lots more – by Jim Rowe
40 10A Universal Motor Speed Controller, Mk.2
It can be used with power tools & appliances rated up to 10A and is suitable
for use with brush-type universal motors as used in small lathes, electric drills,
grass trimmers, circular saws, routers, nibblers & jigsaws – by John Clarke
62 Programmable Time Delay Flash Trigger
Interested in special effects photography? You can capture some great action
shots with this programmable flash delay unit – by Jim Rowe
2.4GHz Digital Spread Spectrum
Radio Control Systems – Page 34.
78 Multi-Purpose Car Scrolling Display, Pt.3
Pt.3 this month describes how the unit is connected to a car and how it is
used. We also describe the simple command-line program that’s used to drive
it – by Mauro Grassi
Special Columns
57 Serviceman’s Log
Oh Goody! A CRT Set To Fix – by the TV Serviceman
85 Circuit Notebook
(1) Tricks With A 4017 Chaser; (2) Low-Power Analog Computer; (3) Loud
Repeater For Traffic Indicators; (4) Semiconductor Evaluator For Scope;
(5) Bedside Lamp Controller
10A Universal Motor
Speed Controller – Page 40.
90 Vintage Radio
The Australian Army Signals Museum – by Rodney Champness
Departments
2
4
10
19
Publisher’s Letter
Mailbag
Order Form
Product Showcase
siliconchip.com.au
96 Ask Silicon Chip
99 Notes & Errata
102 Market Centre
Programmable Time
Delay Flash Trigger – Page 62.
February
ebruary 2009 1
SILICON
SILIC
CHIP
www.siliconchip.com.au
Publisher & Editor-in-Chief
Leo Simpson, B.Bus., FAICD
Production Manager
Greg Swain, B.Sc. (Hons.)
Technical Editor
John Clarke, B.E.(Elec.)
Technical Staff
Ross Tester
Jim Rowe, B.A., B.Sc
Mauro Grassi, B.Sc. (Hons), Ph.D
Photography
Ross Tester
Reader Services
Ann Morris
Advertising Enquiries
Glyn Smith
Phone (02) 9939 3295
Mobile 0431 792 293
glyn<at>siliconchip.com.au
Regular Contributors
Brendan Akhurst
Rodney Champness, VK3UG
Mike Sheriff, B.Sc, VK2YFK
Stan Swan
SILICON CHIP is published 12 times
a year by Silicon Chip Publications
Pty Ltd. ACN 003 205 490. ABN 49
003 205 490. All material is copyright ©. No part of this publication
may be reproduced without the written consent of the publisher.
Printing: Hannanprint, Noble Park,
Victoria.
Distribution: Network Distribution
Company.
Subscription rates: $89.50 per year
in Australia. For overseas rates, see
the order form in this issue.
Editorial office:
Unit 1, 234 Harbord Rd,
Brookvale, NSW 2100.
Postal address: PO Box 139,
Collaroy Beach, NSW 2097.
Phone (02) 9939 3295.
Fax (02) 9939 2648.
E-mail: silicon<at>siliconchip.com.au
ISSN 1030-2662
* Recommended and maximum price only.
2 Silicon Chip
Publisher’s Letter
New Zealand has lifted the
ban on incandescent lamps
Back in December last year, the New Zealand government reversed the ban on incandescent lamps.
What an incredibly sensible thing to do! The overall
difference in the energy consumption New Zealanders
would have achieved in avoiding incandescent lamps
and using more efficient types such as compact fluorescent lamps instead would hardly amount to much
anyway. The same comment would apply much more
forcefully to Australian energy consumption, given that
our economy is so energy-intensive, with our large-scale mining and agricultural
sectors. But I wonder if there is much likelihood of our Government also reversing
the ban? Very little, I would think. That would be too sensible.
Whether or not the Government does have a rethink may be irrelevant now in
any case. Incandescent lamps are becoming difficult to obtain, particularly as some
major retailers seem to have abandoned them and even major hardware chains
such as Bunnings seem to be reducing their range. My advice to readers is that you
should stock up on incandescents, particularly the harder-to-get types. In years to
come, you may well have to replace many of your lamp fittings because of this silly
edict and as everyone should be well aware, it will make precious little difference
to your annual energy consumption.
We also note that the UK government is reported to be instituting a ban on power
hungry plasma TVs. The New Zealand government has also rejected this approach,
arguing that consumers should make their own choice, after they have been provided
with the necessary information. Again, this is eminently sensible. But New Zealand
is in a temperate zone and not nearly as cold as England. In the UK, a big plasma
set would merely cause a slight reduction in the amount of central heating which
is typically required for eight or nine months of the year. The fact that big plasma
sets can function as room-warmers could be regarded as a bonus!
One has to ask the question: “Why do Governments feel that it is necessary to
introduce these silly edicts, supposedly in the interest of reducing energy consumption?” Is it merely to be seen to be “doing something” in the face of the advancing
terrors of global warming? Undoubtedly that is true but we think there is also a
“kill joy” component to all of this. You cannot have a big plasma TV or big 4-wheel
drive, or even a big house (a McMansion perhaps?) for that matter, because these
things use more energy. Never mind that that consumers implicitly know that
already and are quite prepared to pay for it.
Realistically, governments around the world have to face up to the fact that making large reductions in carbon dioxide emissions is difficult and very expensive.
More importantly, obtaining such reductions in particular sectors of the economy
can have many ramifications which were initially not apparent. In any case, with
much of Europe presently freezing in the depths of winter, they might welcome
some global or at least, local, warming.
So how should governments proceed? Given that much of the interpretation of
long-term weather records is extremely difficult and the forecasting of future trends
is almost impossible, Governments probably could take the prudent approach as
far as climate change is concerned and just “wait and see”.
On the other hand, there is a great deal more certainty about oil and gas energy
which is likely to become much more expensive in the future. In this case, governments need to ensure that their nations always have a secure supply of energy in
the future. If that means making major reductions in energy consumption, then
that is wise.
But that does not mean banning incandescent lamps and big plasma TV sets.
Leo Simpson
siliconchip.com.au
siliconchip.com.au
February 2009 3
MAILBAG
Letters and emails should contain complete name, address and daytime phone number. Letters to
the Editor are submitted on the condition that Silicon Chip Publications Pty Ltd may edit and has the
right to reproduce in electronic form and communicate these letters. This also applies to submissions
to “Ask SILICON CHIP” and “Circuit Notebook”.
Wiring standards
should be observed
I have several comments to make
about the contents of recent issues.
(1) The October 2008 article describing the use of the old microwave for
exposing PC boards had a glaring error
in the wiring. AS:NZS3000 states in
several places that green/green and
yellow wiring shall only be used for
earth and nothing else – no exceptions.
The picture clearly shows several
green/yellow wires used for power,
Freeview digital channels
will be more of the same
I refer to the current promotions
of Freeview on television and I have
read the ABC press release of July
17th 2008 at http://www.abc.net.au/
corp/pubs/media/s2306264.htm#
I note that a total of 15 channels
will be available in 2009 with the
addition of extra standard definition
channels. I am wondering about
the value of this when (presently)
most of the networks, particularly
the commercial channels, run programming identical to their analog
transmissions with very few exceptions. Unless substantial amounts
of different programming will be
broadcast on these extra standard
definition channels, I hardly see the
point of their introduction.
The present SD channels available, generally the commercial
networks, are hardly worth viewing
as far as programming is concerned.
4 Silicon Chip
and supposedly made OK by using a
little bit of coloured sleeve or perhaps
red insulation tape. This is an example
of why we need licensed electrical
people.
I was taken back that you actually
published such a picture. It may have
been more prudent to send the project
photos to the author and ask him to
make the project comply with the
standards, then resubmit the project
to you. Publishing such a project certainly isn’t as professional as you have
been in the past.
The only advantage is picture clarity
but even then, signal dropouts can
be frequent, making digital television for those without the best terrestrial location or the best antenna
something of a pain and analog is
sometimes the better alternative.
So what will change with the
introduction of additional SD channels in regard to programming to
make viewing digital television
worthwhile? If an extra channel
just means more of the same analog
material being broadcast as it is now,
then I don’t see the point of the
exercise. The advertising promises
so much but is likely to deliver
little if the present digital services
are any guide, although ABC2 does
provide good alternative programming. Channels 7, 9 & 10 however
provide very few alternatives, so
what will change?
Peter Cahill,
Westmead, NSW.
(2) Australia is now a signatory to
the International Standards organisation and as such, we are now obliged
(indeed have to) accept equipment
made to standards that apply in different parts of the world. I want to draw
your attention to several potential
outcomes of such acceptances.
Some years ago I was wiring up a
small solar system, consisting of three
24V 175W panels, a small 24V battery
bank and an inverter. Before turning
on the solar circuit breakers, it is my
practice to run a meter over the panels
at the circuit breaker board and check
the open-circuit voltage, the shortcircuit current of each panel and the
wiring continuity.
Imagine my surprise when I measured about 65V across the open-circuit
breaker. Checking the wiring of the
solar panel showed that the black wire
was positive, not negative, while the
white wire was negative. Hence the
readings of 42V open-circuit on the
array plus about 26V from the battery.
Subsequent investigation revealed
that this is the standard in Japan and
we have to wear it. You have been
warned.
I service various pieces of electrical
equipment and have also found that
the Chinese standard is as follows:
Green – Active; Black – Earth; White
– Neutral. In Japan, it is as follows:
Black – Active; White – Neutral; Green
– Earth. Since we are signatories to
these international treaties, we must
accept their appliances under threat of
legal action in the World courts.
(3)With regard to the letter on solar
siliconchip.com.au
Cylinder deactivation
a clever marketing scam
I read your article about Honda’s
new cylinder deactivation and
couldn’t help thinking this is the
most clever marketing scam I have
seen for awhile. Think about it: if it
takes 40kW to push an 1800kg car
along at 100km/h, the number of
cylinders does not matter. It will still
use the same amount of air and fuel
to produce 40kW. The reason a little
3-cylinder car uses less fuel is less
weight, less rolling resistance, less
aerodynamic drag and less friction
from the smaller drivetrain. Honda
has addressed none of these.
I suspect the light on the dash
which indicates V6, V4 or 3-cylinder
mode probably saves more fuel as
it changes the driver’s behaviour,
which has the biggest effect on fuel
consumption.
Honda claims to have fuel economy of 10.0l/100km with cylinder
deactivation. A quick check of other
cars of a comparable size without
VCM are as follows:
• Toyota Aurion 3.5 V6:
9.9l/100km
power in Ask SILICON CHIP, November
2008, I agree that it’s not usually practical to operate air-conditioners from
solar but we do. Our system is 4.5kW
solar, 5kW inverter (20kW 1/2 hour),
48V 50kWh battery bank, etc. It runs
two houses with air-conditioning,
fridges, freezers, electric frypans, etc.
We do have a 6.5kVA standby generator for bad weather but one doesn’t use
A/C in the rain – usually.
The reason for spending in excess
of $70K on our solar system was that
when we passed through the Hunter
Valley and saw the destruction that is
being caused by the power stations we
decided we did not want to be a part
of that. As well, we are doing our bit
for the planet.
While solar installations in most
mobile homes can’t usually cope with
A/C, it is possible. I helped a mate
to build a mobile home and we used
1200Ah sealed batteries (24V) and 16
175W solar panels. We also fitted a
160A alternator to the bus with two
PL60 regulators. His split system A/C
works well on solar; just as well, as he
siliconchip.com.au
•
•
Jaguar XF 3.0 V6: 10.5l/100km
Nissan Maxima J31 ST-L XTronic CVT 3.5 V6: 10.8l/100km
• Mercedes Benz C-Class 3l V6:
9.6l/100km
• Ford Mondeo MA XR5 2.5l
5-cyl: 9.5l/100km
I notice that cars with a 6-speed
transmission (which the Honda does
not have) had better fuel economy.
Warrick Smith,
Numurkah, Vic.
Comment: you have missed the point
of the story. Because cylinders are
deactivated, it reduces pumping
losses in the motor and that is what
improves fuel economy. Sure, the
fuel economy would be far better if
the car was lighter, had less drag etc
and a smaller motor.
However, as alluded to in the
conclusion of the article, we think
Honda have missed the boat on their
VCM. If they had kept the engine to
three litres and the weight of the car
the same, the fuel economy would
have been considerably better. At
177kW, the power of the previous
3-litre motor is more than adequate
for normal motoring.
is in northwest Australia at present.
Peter Laughton,
Tabulam, NSW.
No future in
hydrostatic transmissions
I read your comments about hybrid
vehicles and hydrostatic transmissions in the Publisher’s Letter of the
December 2008 issue. However, when
you suggest the use of hydrostatic
transmissions, you are simply swapping one set of problems for another.
Hydrostatic transmissions have high
fluid flow (high current) so the resistance losses are a big problem with the
oil. The accumulator storage is simply
compressed air with its associated
heat losses and highly variable pressures. The actual storage densities are
less than that for lead-acid batteries.
They do not come anywhere near the
energy density of modern lithium type
batteries.
The load on a small diesel engine
driving an hydraulic accumulator is
far from constant as the pressure in
the accumulator varies from 100%
A small
oscilloscope
that thinks
big!
Vicom presents the LeCroy
WaveRunner.
Performance re-imagined!
LeCroy WaveRunner features:
• WaveStream™ Fast
Viewing Mode
• WaveScan™ Advanced
Search and Analysis
• 400 MHz to 2 GHz
Bandwidth
• Up to 10 GS/s
• 12.5 Mpts/Ch standard
memory
• Big 10.4” LCD Display
• Small 6” footprint.
Performance on a budget!
The Lecroy WaveAce Series
exceed all expectations of a
small affordable oscilloscope.
For the latest information on these
plus other leading LeCroy products
call Vicom today on 03 9563 7844
or visit www.vicom.com.au
February 2009 5
NIXIE CLOCK
Kit
Still At The Special Price Of $199 (normally $259)
Mailbag: continued
down to the lowest usable pressure of around 10%. For
the same engine charging a battery, the voltage remains
relatively constant.
When complete systems are compared, battery/electric has higher energy density, relatively constant power
availability and higher efficiency but with one significant
drawback – the life of the batteries. Note, however, that
any vessel containing a compressed gas has to be checked
periodically and then replaced with time.
When accumulator hydrostatic and compressed air
systems are compared for small vehicles like cars, the
fully compressed air system turns out to be more efficient,
with lower weight and cheaper in the long run. So why
not go for that rather than hydrostatic?
Bruce Withey,
Mylneford, NSW.
Comment: we think the big advantage of hydrostatic or
compressed air systems could be that you can repeatedly cycle the system down to a small percentage of its
capacity – something you cannot do with batteries. This
largely negates the fact that batteries may have much
higher energy densities.
Shocking lamp experience
Save Up To 60% On
Electronic Components
Great New Mini-Boards
Only $26.86
* Ethernet Mini Board
* Real-Time Clock Board
* SD Memory Card
* MP3 Board
* And Much More
New PIC16F877 Controller
* Features PIC16F877Microcontroller
* A/D Converter
* In-Circuit Programming
* All I/O Points Available
* Ideal Embedded Controller Only $36.32
10A Solar Regulator
* Microcontroller Control for Fully
Intelligent System
* Utilises Serial Mode PWM Control
Only $49.82
for Maximum Efficiency
Temperature
Compensation
*
5A,
30A
and
60A
Versions Available
*
We are your one-stop shop for Microcontroller Boards,
PCB Manufacture and Electronic Components
www.futurlec.com.au
6 Silicon Chip
A few years ago we purchased two new marble bedside
lamps. They have an on/off switch with an inbuilt dimmer. One of the lamps recently blew, so I went to replace
it. I received a severe electric shock in the process. I had
the unit turned off at the dimmer switch and I partly
gripped the metal stem of the globe in making sure it was
screwed in securely.
I traced the wiring and found that what had happened
was that the polarity had been reversed inside the moulded
male plug. The negative was being switched with the active being alive at all times. The moulded plug had each
blade marked A or N but the wiring was reversed. They
were made in China!
I thought that other readers might benefit from my
experience.
Barry A. Smith,
Peregian Springs, Qld.
S-VHS recording clarification
I am replying to Mr Nicholls’ letter on page 8 of the
January 2009 issue. Mr Nicholls quite correctly states that
I implied his JVC VCR played back Teletext because of
its built-in timebase corrector. What I also said was that
most if not all S-VHS recorders needed the help of a TBC.
In other words, “most if not all” concedes that there are
exceptions and Mr Nicholls’ set-up obviously falls into this
category, for what reason one can only speculate. With so
many variables involved, it is foolish to be dogmatic.
It may be possible to duplicate the system but equal
performance could not be guaranteed so should not
be advised. Both Teletext decoders and VCRs do have
fairly wide tolerances, particularly VCRs where jitter
and long-term timebase errors are seldom if ever specisiliconchip.com.au
C., of
I have an answer to the question posed by K.
Wangaratta, in the January 2009 issue. K. C. asks
about
the horn on a 1978 Falcon ute. SILICON CHIP iscorrect
when they advised about cleaning and adjusting the
horn’s electrical contacts. However, the fault may also
lie within the steering column.
If memory serves, behind the steering wheel
is a
More info on fixing car horns
spring-loaded pin with a diameter of around 5mm
and usually made of brass. This pin rubs on a circular
contact affixed to the steering wheel itself and gives
the electrical connection to the horn switch.
This system was usually negative switching, that
is, the horn is fed positive via the fuse panel and then
grounded through the steering wheel connections. If
the pin and/or contact ring are badly worn, there will
be no ground connection and hence no horn.
The steering wheel must be removed to access
these parts. This must be done with the correct wheel
puller, not a hammer! Once the steering wheel has
been removed, you will see the pin and circular contacts. The circular contact is fitted to the back of the
steering wheel.
Remove the wire from the back of the pin, then carefully remove the “C” clip while keeping one finger on
the head of the pin, otherwise the pin and its spring
will leap out and never be found again. Remove the
pin, replace the new pin in the same hole and ensure
the spring is also in that hole. Then press the pin
through, replace the “C” clip and refit the wire.
By the way, the above job is reasonably straightforward. My car is a 2004 Holden and getting to its
horn contacts took me just over an hour. On modern
cars, the airbag, cruise control and on-wheel radio
controls make removing the steering wheel a lengthy
process!
Dave Sargent,
Maryborough, Qld.
fied on domestic units. I trust this has cleared up any
misunderstanding.
Victor G. Barker,
Gorokan, NSW.
Comment on AEVA article
Thank you for your coverage of the AEVA electric
vehicle field day in the December 2008 issue. It should
help to promote the increasing use of electric vehicles
by enthusiasts.
A couple of things to note – all of the motors seen fitted
to the cars were DC series motors manufactured by either
of two US companies: Advanced DC Motors or Netgain
Motors Inc. Neither motor can be operated in shunt mode
because the voltage on the field, when connected in series
mode, is only about 2V (at up to a few hundred amps).
A separate field winding would be necessary for shunt
connection and this is not provided.
siliconchip.com.au
February 2009 7
Mailbag: continued
Helping to put you in Control
Control Devices
Pressure Sensors
These budget priced NP
-430A series of pressure transmitters have
been developed for
general industrial applications including refrigeration. They can be used with most
gases and liquids. 4-20mA output
signal. Ranges 2 to 120Bar.
Price $149.00+GST.
IR Range Finder
Infrared proximity sensor Has an analog output that varies from
2.8V at 15cm to 0.4V
at 150cm. Supply voltage 5VDC. $29.50+GST
TxIsoLoop Loop
powered Isolators with
3000VAC galvanic isolation Feed in 4-20mA
signal and an identical
isolated signal is reproduced at the output.
From $129+GST
Proximity Sensors
We now have a range
of capacitive proximity switches with
IP67 rating and a
range of large inductive proximity switches for sensing
larger distances up to 50mm
From $39+GST
Rotary Encoders
We have a selection of rotary encoders and handwheels with quadrature outputs for our motors
From $135+GST
Length Sensors
For measuring the
length of cloth, paper
plastic and other materials. Available with
1cm and 10cm increment outputs. Both pulse stream or
quadrature outputs
From $149+GST
Contact Ocean Controls
Ph: 03 9782 5882
www.oceancontrols.com.au
8 Silicon Chip
Series motors are not easy to operate
as generators and this is one of the reasons why none of the cars on show are
fitted with regenerative braking. The
other reason is that only about 5-10%
of a typical journey’s consumed energy
can be recovered during braking and
returned to the battery. It’s just not
worth the added circuit complexity.
Almost all cars were converted to
electric power for commuting by one
person – the owner. Carrying a full
load of passengers or a payload is not
a requirement. Donor cars are thus
selected for their capacity to carry batteries, without concern for the space
taken up.
Most DIY electric cars do not have
power steering because of the constant
power drain which would arise from
having a separate electric motor driving the hydraulic pump all the time
the car was being driven. The Holden
Combo conversion has factory-fitted
electric power steering (EPS) which
draws appreciable current only when
the driver changes the direction of the
front wheels at low speeds. At higher
speeds it draws no current; the steering
is entirely manual. As a result, average
power drain is very low.
Car manufacturers are increasingly
fitting EPS to their new models to
improve fuel consumption, so more
donor cars with EPS will become
available to EV enthusiasts.
LEDs for tail, brake and indicator
lights are fairly expensive and hence
difficult to justify on an EV for the
small amount of electrical power
saved.
Peter Stuart,
Carlingford, NSW.
Honda’s cylinder
deactivation
I have just finished reading your
article about Honda’s engine with cylinder deactivation, in the January 2009
issue. I would have thought that the
energy requirement for a car travelling,
(whether climbing, accelerating or
coasting) would be the same whether
the engine had 3, 4 or 6 cylinders. Any
power loss through engine friction etc
will still be there with the deactivation
of the cylinders. So I don’t really see
the point, especially if the engine is
going to run so roughly on three or four
cylinders that it needs to have active
engine mounts.
I am tempted to think this is just
going to be the latest marketing fad
(clean green cars, yeah right) but
Honda do some amazing work with
their Formula 1 engines, so I will wait
and see.
Tony Brazzale,
Lakes Entrance, Vic.
Comment: it is true that the energy
required for moving a car is the same
regardless of how many cylinders
are operating. The point is that with
cylinders deactivated, there are less
pumping losses in the engine and
therefore it uses less fuel. In the long
run, the increased engine complexity
may well be a drawback.
Query over
salt solution
I entirely agree with your article
(December 2008, page 36) showing
that a $300 gadget for checking the salt
level in pools is unnecessary. And the
claim that such a meter also checks
total dissolved solids is optimistic, to
say the least. It merely assumes that
all the dissolved solids are electrolytes
and gives the ppm of sodium chloride
which would have the observed conductance. Non-electrolytes like sugar,
or more relevantly urea from human
sources, will not be included.
However, may I comment on your
method of preparing the standard
reference solution? I find general
agreement that the volume measure
“one teaspoon” in all English-speaking countries is 5ml, so your “half
teaspoon” measure is presumably
2.5ml. Now I took a typical dispenser
of table salt like the one you picture
and poured it into a chemical measuring cylinder to the 50ml level, then
weighed this on a chemical balance.
The result was 53.80g. So its apparent
density is 1.08g/ml.
This converts your half teaspoonful to 2.7g, which may well be near
enough to 3g for this far from critical
application. However, some readers
may not have a set of (standard?)
measuring spoons and may think
siliconchip.com.au
Loop antenna works well to
improve AM reception
It was good to see an article about
how to improve AM reception by
using a loop antenna. I have been
using one for a couple of years at
my workplace and the difference it
makes is amazing. It lifts AM reception in my open plan office environment, surrounded by computers and
other electronic equipment, from
unlistenable to very usable.
It only relies on inductive coupling from the large rectangular loop
(15 turns of wire on a polystyrene
box lid) to the Sony radio’s internal
ferrite rod. The radio has a good
audio frequency response on AM,
so cutting down wideband noise is
important for good sound. The loop
antenna is very sensitive to orientation, requiring careful rotation to
get the best results for each station
and small adjustments of the 200pF
variable capacitor to peak the signal.
Also in that article, there was
mention of “a hard-hitting earthquake awareness TV program”
recently broadcast in NZ, about
the importance of communications
after a disaster. I am working with
the Critical Infrastructure Project at
Geoscience Australia.
This is a project funded by the
Attorney General’s Department, concerned with the interdependencies
of Australia’s critical infrastructure
(Communications, Banking and Fin-
SMART
PROCUREMENT
SOLUTIONS
Unit 3, 61-63 Steel Street
Capalaba QLD 4157
AUSTRALIA
Ph (07) 3390 3302
Fx (07) 3390 3329
sales<at>rmsparts.com.au
ance, Energy and Water). Further information can be found about this
project at: http://www.ga.gov.au/ausgeonews/ausgeonews200509/cip.jsp
We are mapping and modelling
the facilities used by the broadcasting and telecommunications sector,
and their vulnerabilities, to predict
how this critical infrastructure will
behave during and after natural
disasters such as earthquakes and
cyclones, so public service broadcasts can continue to be made.
Dr Adrian Whichello,
Infrastructure Engineer,
Critical Infrastructure Project,
Geoscience Australia,
Canberra, ACT.
www.rmsparts.com.au
o Resistors
o Capacitors
o Potentiometers
an ordinary teaspoon will do. I have
measured the weight of salt (at level
filling) held by several of my kitchen
teaspoons, finding 2.4-2.8g, so half of
one of these would be only 1.2-1.4g. I
realise that few households have any
weighing device sensitive to 0.1g but
many digital kitchen scales are sensitive to 1g. So why not weigh out 50g of
salt, which should be accurate within
2%, dissolve it in water and make it
up to 1 kg on the scales? Mix well and
weigh out 60g of this liquid.
That contains your 3g of salt and can
now be diluted to 1 litre to make your
standard solution. Or if you haven’t a
trustworthy litre measure, again make
it up to 1kg on the scales. (The density
of the final solution is within 0.2% of
that of pure water.)
siliconchip.com.au
As to the electrical aspect of the
article, I would remark that although
the method you use is good enough for
the purpose, a DC resistance measurement with carbon electrodes is not
the method of choice for electrolyte
conductance. Polarisation of the electrodes tends to give higher resistance
readings.
Again I stress that this does not
invalidate your method, as such errors will largely cancel between the
sample and reference. However, for
accurate measurements, an alternating
current bridge using a 1kHz supply at
say 500mV would be used, with provision for simultaneous capacitance
balancing.
Measuring granular solids by volume is at best an unreliable way of
o Crystals
o Semiconductors
o Optoelectronics
o Relays
o Buzzers
o Connectors
o Switches
o Hardware
o Chemicals & Fluxes
WHOLESALERS
DISTRIBUTORS
KITTING SOLUTIONS
February 2009 9
SILICON
SILIC
CHIP
Order Form/Tax Invoice
Silicon Chip Publications Pty Ltd
ABN 49 003 205 490
www.siliconchip.com.au
PO BOX 139, COLLAROY NSW 2097
eMAIL: silchip<at>siliconchip.com.au
Phone (02) 9939 3295 Fax (02) 9939 2648
YOUR DETAILS
Your Name__________________________________________________________________________________________________
(PLEASE PRINT)
Address____________________________________________________________________________________________________
Postcode__________
Daytime Phone No. (
)____________________ Email address ________________________________
Method of Payment: q EFT (ring or email for details) q Cheque/Money Order q Visa Card q Master Card
Card No. Card expiry date:
Signature_________________________________________________
YOUR ORDER (SILICON CHIP SUBSCRIBERS QUALIFY FOR 10% DISCOUNT (except subscriptions!)
SIMPLY TICK THE ITEMS REQUIRED – DON'T FORGET TO FILL IN DETAILS ABOVE. WE'LL WORK THE TOTAL OUT FOR YOU AND SEND YOU A RECEIPT WITH YOUR ORDER
SILICON CHIP SUBSCRIPTIONS (all prices include P&P)
q
q
q
q
q
q
q
q
AUSTRALIA 12 MONTHS (INC. GST)..............................................................$89.50
AUSTRALIA 12 MONTHS WITH BINDER (INC. GST) ...................................$105.00
AUSTRALIA 24 MONTHS (INC. GST)............................................................$172.00
AUSTRALIA 24 MONTHS WITH BINDER (INC. GST) ...................................$203.00
NEW ZEALAND 12 MONTHS (AIR MAIL)................................................... $AU96.00
NEW ZEALAND 24 MONTHS (AIR MAIL) ............................................... $AU190.00
OVERSEAS (EXCEPT NZ) 12 MONTHS (AIR MAIL).................................. $AU135.00
OVERSEAS (EXCEPT NZ) 24 MONTHS (AIR MAIL) ................................ $AU260.00
OTHER ITEMS
q
SILICON CHIP BACK ISSUES – $9.50 within Australia; $13.00 overseas –
includes P&P – (where in stock - photocopy of article supplied where issue is out of stock).
Price is for each back issue or each article photocopy
*Nominate issue and article required: Month:...................................... Year:.........................
Article required if no back issue:.............................................................................................
q
ELECTRONICS AUSTRALIA/ETI ARTICLE PHOTOCOPIES
(sorry, all back issues are now out of stock). Price is for each article photocopy
– price includes P&P – .......................................$9.50 within Australia; $13.00 overseas
*Nominate issue and article required:
Magazine: ......................................... Month:...................................... Year:.........................
Article required:......................................................................................................................
*Please attach list if more than one back issue or photocopy required. There is a 10%
discount for ten or more back issues and//or photocopies
q
SILICON CHIP MAGAZINE BINDERS (Available Australia only)............$13.95
(P&P is $7.00 per order; buy five or more in one order for FREE P&P)
P&P RATES:
Subscriptions, back issues and project reprints: P&P included
Binders (available Australia only): $7.00 per order; for 5 or more P&P is free.
Books: Aust. $7 per order; NZ: $AU12 per book; Elsewhere $AU18 per book
SILICON CHIP BOOKSHOP (P&P additional – See below)
q
q
q
q
q
q
q
q
q
q
q
q
q
q
q
p
q
q
q
q
q
p
q
q
q
q
q
q
q
q
q
AC MACHINES................................................................................................ $66.00
AMATEUR SCIENTIST CD .............................................................................. $62.00
ANALOG CIRCUIT TECHNIQUES W/DIGITAL INT........................................... $88.00
ANALOG ELECTRONICS............................................................................... $100.00
AUDIO ELECTRONICS.................................................................................. $101.00
AUDIO POWER AMPLIFIER DESIGN ............................................................ $87.00
DVD PLAYERS AND DRIVES ........................................................................ $85.00
ELECTRIC MOTORS AND DRIVES.................................................................. $55.00
ELECTRONIC PROJECTS FOR CARS.............................................................. $12.95
HANDS-ON ZIGBEE ....................................................................................... $96.50
MICROCONTROLLER PROJECTS IN C FOR 8051.......................................... $81.00
NEWNES GUIDE TO TELEVISION AND VIDEO TECHNOLOGY........................ $60.50
OP AMPS FOR EVERYONE........................................................................... $137.00
PERFORMANCE ELECTRONICS FOR CARS.................................................... $19.80
PIC IN PRACTICE........................................................................................... $60.00
PIC MICROCONTROLLERS - KNOW IT ALL................................................... $79.95
PIC MICROCONTROLLER - PERSONAL INTRO COURSE............................... $52.00
POWER SUPPLY COOKBOOK....................................................................... $109.00
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO SATELLITE TV ((NEW! 7th edition)........................... $49.00
PRACTICAL RF HANDBOOK .......................................................................... $80.00
PRACT. VARIABLE SPEED DRIVES/POWER ELECT........................................ $94.00
PROGRAMMING 16-BIT MICROCONTROLLERS IN C.................................... $80.50
RADIO, TV AND HOBBIES ON DVD-ROM ...................................................... $62.00
RF CIRCUIT DESIGN...................................................................................... $67.00
ROBOT BUILDER'S COOKBOOK..................................................................... $63.00
SELF ON AUDIO (2nd edition)........................................................................ $83.00
SOLAR SUCCESS - GETTING IT RIGHT EVERY TIME (NEW!)........................ $47.50
SOLAR THAT REALLY WORKS (NEW!).......................................................... $42.50
SWITCHING POWER SUPPLIES A-Z (inc CD-ROM)..................................... $106.00
TV ACROSS AUSTRALIA (NEW!)................................................................... $49.95
VIDEO SCRAMBLING AND DESCRAMBLING................................................. $95.00
eMAIL (24/7)
MAIL
FAX (24/7): (02) 9939 2648
TO PLACE
silchip<at>siliconchip.com.au OR Fax this form (or a photo- OR This form to PO Box 139 OR
10 S
ilicon C
hiporder & credit card details
with
Collaroy NSW 2097
YOUR
ORDER
copy) with all details
*ALL TITLES SUBJECT TO AVAILABILITY. PRICES VALID FOR MONTH OF MAGAZINE ISSUE ONLY. ALL PRICES INCLUDE GST
PHONE – (9-5, Mon-Fri)
Call (02) 9939 3295 with
siliconchip.com.au
your credit
card details
03/09
Mailbag: continued
estimating mass. A single crystal of
sodium chloride has a density of 2.16g/
ml, yet the fine-grained table salt that
I used has an apparent density only
half of that. Furthermore, my 50ml in
the measuring cylinder packed down
to 45ml on repeated bumping of the
cylinder on the table. This increases
the apparent density to 1.20g/ml,
somewhat higher than the internet
figure you quote. But you can’t easily
pack down a teaspoon.
In general I have found that numerical data from the internet cannot be
trusted unless they come from authoritative websites like government
research institutes. For example, the
website for Cheetham Salt Ltd (www.
poolquip.com.au), a major supplier of
pool salt, gives the melting-point of
sodium chloride as 8010°C, 10 times
the actual 801°C, and a similar tenfold
error in the boiling-point, given as
14,130°C. But to make up for these
errors, they quote the solubility in
water as 35.7g per 1100ml; that should
be per 100ml.
Robin Stokes
Armidale, NSW.
Comment: the conductivity meter
featured in the article may well have
used an AC bridge but we were unable
to determine that with our very limited
testing and we did not do an internal
inspection.
Servicing a
belt-drive turntable
The recent article by the Serviceman encouraged me to repair my old
Philips GA 212. I proceeded slightly
differently, removing the goo with
cardboard strips cut to size, so that
only a thin layer of black sticky goo
remains.
When cleaning my greasy hands
with a special soap (here named
“BLITZ Rosa”, by van Baerle Chemical, Muenchenstein, Switzerland and
sold in drugstores), I noticed that the
substance literally dissolved the goo.
So I wet a cloth and rubbed a little
BLITZ into it, then the goo could be
rubbed off, even on the capstan, where
it took a bit more patience.
In the meantime, I found out that
using isopropyl alcohol (normally
siliconchip.com.au
HOPERF
Digital Sensors
RF IC & Modules
Semiconductor
Devices
SAW Devices
Distributed in Australia by
Microzed Computers Pty. Limited
Phone: 1300 735 420 Fax: 1300 735 421
www.microzed.com.au
used for cleaning the keyboard) does
the cleaning job very well also. By the
way, the belt can be ordered at http://
www.turntableneedles.com
Kubli Hans,
Frenkendorf, Switzerland.
Anderson connectors for DC
I have been reading the mail regarding the use of normal mains power
boards for “Extra Low Voltage” (ELV)
applications.
Personally, I do not like the idea
of using standard 3-pin plugs and
sockets for ELV use. I use the 2-pin
“T-polarised” plugs and sockets
readily available from most electrical “wholesalers” in surface mount,
plug ends and socket ends (look just
like 3-pin plugs and sockets). These
are often cheaper than some of the
plugs and sockets supplied by auto
parts shops.
I am now also converting to the
“Anderson” type connectors (available
at least from Jaycar) as there is now a
30A version and as it is “sexless” (there
is no separate male or female part) it
makes it much more flexible.
Ray Saegenschnitter, VK3UCB,
Mectronic Rural Services,
SC
Huntly, Vic.
February 2009 11
Digital Radio
Digital radio
broadcasts will finally start in
Adelaide, Brisbane, Melbourne, Perth and Sydney on 1st May with
71 radio stations (ABC, SBS & commercial) on ten DAB+ transmitters.
This is the first of a series of articles giving you the details on this
complex and completely new radio broadcast medium.
D
igital radios will have excellent sound quality and a lot
of features that are not available on the existing radios we have
listened to over many decades.
For example, to select a station you
will pick its name from a list. There
will be no need to tune across a band.
If you are in a car and move out of
digital signal range, the receiver will
automatically select another digital,
FM or AM signal containing the same
program. When you move back within
range, the receiver will automatically
switch back to the digital signal.
Timeshift will be available so you
can delay listening to broadcasts, just
as you can right now with TV if you
have a suitable recorder. And while
many existing radio programs can be
downloaded as Podcasts, most digital
radios will have flash RAM cards to
store programs.
12 Silicon Chip
So you will be able to timeshift, “rewind” and pause the programs while
recording and “fast forward” after the
recording is complete.
And just as digital TV has an electronic program guide (EPG) so too
will digital radio. EPG will allow automatic recording of programs within
the radio.
Other features
• Dynamic Label Segment (DLS)
DLS will show text information
on a screen. This could be telephone
numbers, website addresses, tracknow-playing and announcer names.
A maximum of 128 characters can be
displayed at a time.
• Multimedia Object Transfer (MOT)
Slideshow
This will include product shots,
studio web cams, weather maps, album cover information, stock market
graphs, racing information and just
about any information that can be
conveyed as a simple graphic image.
A 320 x 240 pixel JPEG image can be
transmitted every 9 – 15 seconds.
• Multimedia Object Transfer (MOT)
Broadcast Website (BWS)
BWS allows for the transmission
of a series of HTML files (along with
corresponding graphic images) to
receivers that have a built-in web
browser. This allows the user to search
the downloaded files. If a receiver has
a built-in back-channel (for example,
a GPRS enabled mobile phone with a
DAB+ radio), it could access links that
would take it to the outside world. If
there are a lot of requests for files then
delays will result due to the restricted
download capacity.
• Traffic Information
Traffic conditions will be transmitted to the car navigation system so
siliconchip.com.au
Is Coming...
by Alan Hughes
that the driver can be routed around
obstructions. The navigation system
will need compatible firmware.
• Conditional Access
DAB+ is capable of controlling who
is able to decode the signal. This can
enable narrow-casting to specific private audiences and to Pay Radio. This
can also apply to data only. Over the
air firmware upgrades for particular
receivers would need to use conditional access.
• Radio for the deaf & hard of hearing
17% of the Australian population
(3.6 million people) have a significant
hearing loss. The text capability will
enable speech to be subtitled. This
applies to emergency announcements,
news bulletins, current affairs, talks
and phone-in programs. The MOT
capability (see above) would allow
the display of Auslan (sign language)
icons.
• Multilingual – SBS Radio and
Ethnic Broadcasters
1.3 million people do not use English at home and 4.4 million were not
born in Australia. The text capability
could be used to add English sub-
titles to foreign language programs.
This could help the foreign language
speakers learn to read English and the
converse is true.
Let us now look at the various types
of digital radio broadcasting.
Types of Digital Radio
• Digital Audio Broadcast DAB+
is transmitted in VHF TV band 3
(containing TV channels 6 – 12) or
using the 1.4GHz ‘L’ band. Note that
this system is incompatible with the
DAB system used in Canada and the
UK. A number of countries, including
the UK, put nine radio stations on a
single transmitter but this produced
sound quality worse than FM stereo.
• DAB+ is 3.5 times more efficient
in compression than DAB and so the
sound quality should not be reduced.
In addition DAB+ uses Reed-Solomon
error correction to reduce the possibility of gaps in the sound that you hear.
All new DAB receivers must be able
to decode DAB+ in Europe.
• DRM (Digital Radio Mondiale) is
used throughout Europe and parts of
Asia. It uses the AM bands of MF and
HF (Short Wave) and in DRM+, the
Channel allocations
Fig.1 shows the proposed channel
allocations for DAB+. All transmitters
will have a maximum of 50kW (effec-
Satellite Based
1450
1460
1480
1470
–
–
–
–
–
––
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
––
–
–
LA
LB
LC
LD
LE
LF
LG
LH
LI
LJ
LK
LL
LM
LN
LO
LP
LQ
LR
LS
LT
LU
LV
LW
Ground Based
FM band as well. Coverage is from a
community to a continent. It’s used
by Radio New Zealand International
to cover the Pacific Ocean.
• HDRadio is a system which adds
a digital sound signal to an existing
AM or FM broadcast. This does not
work as well as those above. This
system involves patent rights to the
Infinity Corporation and is used only
in the USA. DAB+ & DRM do not have
system patent rights.
• Radio programs on digital TV
signals. Examples of these can be
found on ABC and SBS digital TV
broadcasts. The disadvantage of these
program signals is that you need a
digital TV receiver to obtain them
and they are unsuitable for use in car
radios.
• Internet radio is available throughout the world. This is not a public
system and is subject to internet costs.
Internet radio is also unsuitable for
wide area reception.
1490
Frequency (MHz)
1500
––
–
–
––
–
–
––
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
––
–
–
––
–
–
––
–
–
––
–
–
––
–
–
–
–
–
––
–
–
–
–
5A
5B
5C
5D
6A
6B
6C
6D
7A
7B
7C
7D
8A
8B
8C
8D
9A
9B
9C
9D
10A
10B
10C
10D
11A
11B
11C
11D
12A
12B
12C
12D
13A
13B
13C
13D
13E
13F
Note: Each DAB+ channel can contain up to 9 radio stations’ programs
180
190
200
6
7
8
9
6
7
8
9
5
6
7
8
210
9A
220
10
10
9
10
11
230
12
240
Digital TV Channels
Old TV Channels
11
11
MHz
12
European TV Channels
Fig.1: channel allocations for DAB+ radio.
Fig.1: Channel allocations for DAB+ radio
siliconchip.com.au
February 2009 13
ANTENNA
Analog to Digital Converter
PROGRAM
MULTIPLEXER
Lr
Microphones
L
DAB+
TRANSMITTER
AAC+
ENCODER
C
R
Rr
STUDIO
Continuous
sequential
switching
between nine
different radio
programs
20 bit
Where else is this program simulcast
Date and Time
Program type
Station Identification
Station Location
Picture and Text
PROGRAM
ASSOCIATED
DATA
Paging
Traffic Information
Conditional Access
Emergency Warning Systems
Network Switching Commands
FAST
INFORMATION
CHANNEL
tive radiated power) using vertically
polarised antennas. Note that not all
transmitters will be at full power in
all directions. This is to avoid interference problems to television reception
outside the listening area.
City
Adelaide
Brisbane
Melbourne
Perth
Sydney
Hobart
Channels
9B, 9C
9A, 9C
9A, 9C
9B, 9C
9A, 9C
12B, 12D
Note that Hobart will start in the
next round which is yet to be announced.
All transmitters are on Broadcast
Australia towers except in Sydney
where the transmitters are on the Willoughby TXAustralia site.
Radio broadcasting history
Before going further, let’s briefly
review the development of radio
broadcasting up to the present.
Amplitude Modulation (AM) was
invented in 1901. It’s an analog system with a frequency range of 30Hz
to 9kHz (or better), however nearly
all available receivers restrict the
high frequency response to less than
4.5kHz due to their use of rudimentary
IF (intermediate frequency) stages.
AM is unable to reject noise in the
transmission path.
The channel width for AM transmis14 Silicon Chip
Fig.2: a typical DAB+
transmitter arrangement.
The program multiplexer
continually switches
between up to nine program
digital streams which are
combined into the one data
stream.
sions is 18kHz, due to the upper and
lower sidebands of the modulation.
Frequency Modulation (FM) was
invented 1933. It’s an analog system
with a frequency range of 30Hz to
15kHz. Multiplexed stereo was added
in the 1960s. Provided there is enough
signal, noise is well suppressed. The
channel width is 200kHz.
Despite the number of FM stations,
even its future is not assured. The UK,
for example, has announced it will
switch off FM radio broadcasting in
2020.
Digital Audio Broadcast (DAB) was
devised in 1987. It’s a digital system
which sends the perceived characteristics of the sound.
In other words, signal processing
and compression is used to reduce
the required amount of data for the
signal.
The frequency range is from 20Hz
to 20kHz. The channel width is
1.536MHz which can carry five stereo
programs with sound quality equivalent to FM stereo broadcasts.
Digital Radio Mondiale (DRM) was
devised 2002. It’s a digital system
which sends the perceived characteristics of the sound (see above). DRM is
capable of “FM stereo” quality sound.
The channel width is 18 or 20kHz
and contains only one music quality
program.
DAB+ is an upgraded version of
DAB which can carry nine stereo
programs per channel. The channel
width is 1.536MHz. The Europeans
have now mandated that all new
radios must be able to decode DAB+
signals.
DRM+ is an upgraded version of
DRM which extends the transmission frequency range from 30MHz
to 120MHz. The channel width is
100kHz. This system would be suitable in the vacated analog TV channels
1, 2 and the FM radio band.
Even if AM and FM radio transmission continues as we know it, to
receive DAB+ and DRM+ signals all
existing radio receivers will eventually need to be replaced with digital
radios capable of DAB+ and DRM+
reception.
DAB+ transmission
In studios and on compact discs,
analog signals are converted to digital
in the recording process and on playback the digital signal is converted
back to analog. Such digital signals
are very high quality but require data
rates of up to 3 Mbits/second. So much
data will not fit into existing radio
channels.
Many digital recording systems
greatly reduce the amount of data required by storing only those parts of
the signal which the brain “perceives”.
Such digital standards include digital
radio, MPEG 2 & MPEG 4 for TV, DVD
& Blue-Ray sound, AC3 (Dolby Digital)
sound and MP3 & MP4 used in iPod
devices.
Some of these standards sound very
good and can be regarded as almost
equivalent to the CD audio while
others, such as MP3, can be notably
inferior, depending on the sampling
rate.
Just how good the DAB+ system
eventually sounds will depend on
many variables, including the quality
of the original recordings, the amount
of data compression, sampling rate
and so on.
In the DAB+ system, AES standard
digital signals are fed into an Advanced Audio Coding Plus (AAC+)
encoder. In addition, program associated data (PAD) is interleaved with the
digitised sound signal.
Prior to the transmitter input a second switch repetitively and sequentially selects the digital audio signal
and its associated PAD from up to nine
different programs.
For example, the “Government”
transmitter will include ABC Local
siliconchip.com.au
ANTENNA
DIGITAL OUTPUT
TUNER AND
AMPLIFIER
DEMODULATOR
AAC+
DECODER
SPEAKERS
MODULATION
SELECT
DIGITAL TO
ANALOG
CONVERTERS
FREQUENCY
CONTROL
STATION SELECT
MICROPROCESSOR
CONTROL
AND DATA
SWITCHING
DRM+/
DAB+/
FM/AM
DISPLAY
SCREEN
Fig.3: here’s the counterpart DAB+ receiver. The microprocessor takes data
from the AAC+ decoder according to the selection by the listener. Depending on
signal strength, the output may be DAB+, FM or even AM in origin.
Radio, Radio National, ABC Classics,
JJJ, PNN and SBS.
A DAB+ VHF transmitter will
convert the combined signal to the
transmission frequency and increase
the power fed to the antenna near the
top of a tower to radiate the signal to
the receivers.
Fig.2 shows how up to nine different
radio programs are combined into the
one DAB+ transmission.
DAB+ reception
In a DAB+ receiver, the signal from
the antenna is filtered to select the
channel requested by the listener.
The signal is amplified and then fed
to the demodulator. The demodulator
converts IF signal back into the data
signal which is similar to the output
of the program multiplexer shown
above.
The same logic circuit can be used
to demodulate all broadcast radio
systems.
If you are tuned to a DAB+ station
and provided the signal level is sufficient for good reception, the selected
program is demultiplexed and fed to
the AAC+ decoder.
The decoder output can either be
converted back into analog and fed
into speakers or the digital output can
feed a home theatre amplifier, particularly if 5.1 sound is being broadcast.
The microprocessor is also fed with
the alternate frequency information
from the program-associated data
(PAD). The processor will monitor the
quality of the DAB+ signal and also
monitors the frequencies containing
an identical program (ie, from FM
siliconchip.com.au
and AM broadcasts). A single tuner
does this by tuning to the DAB+ and
alternate frequencies at a rate which
is too high to be noticed.
If the DAB+ quality is insufficient,
the next option will be selected. When
DAB+ reception returns to acceptable levels, the sound signal will be
switched back.
Fig.3 shows the much-simplified
schematic of a DAB+ receiver. Depending on signal quality, you might
be listening to DAB+ DRM, FM or
even AM.
Broadcast Efficiency
Channel width is spectrum “real
estate” and has an ACMA auctionable price. Effective radiated power is
based on actual transmitter power but
with the efficiency of the transmitter
antenna system factored in.
Transmitter power consumption depends on its efficiency and the power
of the air conditioning required.
At the most inefficient level, AM
radio transmits a carrier which contains no program information; all the
program information is in the 9kHz
sidebands. This is a fixed power which
is one-quarter of the power level transmitted with the loudest sounds. The
channel width is 18kHz.
FM radio uses a channel width
of 200kHz, corresponding to the
maximum frequency deviation of
±100kHz.
DAB+ bandwidth per channel is
171kHz at 2.4% of the FM effective
radiated power per program.
Next month we give more details of
how the DAB+ system works.
SC
FRONT PANELS
& ENCLOSURES
Customized front panels can be
easily designed with our free
software Front Panel Designer
• Cost-effective prototypes and
production runs
• Wide range of materials or
customization of provided material
• Automatic price calculation
• Fabrication in 1, 3 or 5 days
New Version 4.0
New functions include dxf import for
inner and outer shapes.
Linux, Windows, and Mac OS X compatible.
Sample price:
$ 50.53 plus S&H
www.frontpanelexpress.com
(206) 768 - 0602
February 2009 15
Review . . .
By Leo Simpson
LeCroy WaveRunner 104Mxi
1GHz Oscilloscope
LeCroy’s WaveRunner 104Mxi is a 4-channel digital oscilloscope which
operates under Windows XP. You can configure and run the scope using
either a USB mouse or via the touch screen. In fact, most of the time you
can completely ignore the front panel controls and just use the mouse.
I
WILL BE honest. When I first turned
on the LeCroy WaveRunner 104Mxi
I did not realise it had a Windows XP
interface. LeCroy do not make a big
fuss about it in their literature; in fact
they hardly mention it at all.
So when I had to do a quick waveform measurement recently and I knew
I had to take a look at the LeCroy I
just grabbed it and set it up on my
desk, ready to do the measurement. I
switched it on, hooked up a couple of
probes and hit the Autoset button. This
gave me a waveform on the screen, as
you would expect, but when I came
to do the measurements I was bushed
– OK, where are the measurement
controls?
I will admit that just like everyone
else, I had not looked at any instruction
manual – who does that? (In fact, I did
not find the instruction manual until
16 Silicon Chip
some days later – in the back pocket
of the scope). But then in a moment
of enlightenment, I touched the screen
and found that I could do everything
that way. There are the usual dropdown Windows menus along the top
of screen – it all works. It’s not the first
Windows oscilloscope I have come
across but I seem to remember that
the others I have come across are not
as intuitive as the LeCroy.
By the way, LeCroy probably don’t
want you to put your greasy paws on
the touch screen so they have provided
a little slide-out wand which you can
use instead. After using that for a couple of minutes, I thought that a USB
mouse would be a better way and sure
enough, when I dived back into the
packaging, the local distributors, Vicom, had provided one. Plugging
that into the front panel immediately
lets you do everything via the mouse.
The layout of the scope’s front panel
looks fairly conventional until you
start looking for a particular feature
such as how to set up triggering. This
throws you into a display whereby
you select parameters via the wand or
mouse. But back to the scope itself. The
screen itself is a 10.4-inch (26.4cm)
SVGA LCD with a resolution of 800 x
600 pixels. This improves considerably if you connect an external monitor which can give a stated maximum
resolution of 2048 x 1536 pixels (4:3
aspect ratio). When connected to a
widescreen LCD monitor, we were
able to set it to 1920 x 1200 pixels. We
will come back to the operation of the
external monitor later.
Below the scope screen is a line of
five BNC sockets; one each of the four
input channels and one for an external
siliconchip.com.au
These four scope grabs from the LeCroy 104Mxi portray a range of video waveforms from the Pocket A/V Generator
presented in the June 2006 issue. All but one show the scope traces reversed out of white background. This saves toner
when printing the scope grabs and makes it easier to read the on-screen measurements.
trigger source. All the inputs have
probe sensing and active probes may
be used. Also on the front panel is the
already-mentioned USB socket which
can be used to connect a mouse.
To the right of the screen is an array
of knobs and buttons which let you
select and adjust basic features of the
scope, eg, vertical sensitivity and offset for each of the four input channels
and timebase speed and delay. Each
time you press a button or change a
knob setting, it brings up a panel on
the lower half of the screen which lets
you access detailed settings.
In many ways, this works better
than typical digital scopes which
have “soft” buttons and multi-layered
menus which can be quite hard to
navigate, particularly if you don’t use
the scope frequently.
On the righthand side of the scope
is a comprehensive input panel for
connection of peripherals. There are
mini DIN sockets for an external mouse
and keyboard, four USB sockets, an
Ethernet port (RJ-45), an RS-232 port,
a VGA port for connecting an external monitor (as already mentioned),
LeCroy’s L-bus connector and line-in
and speaker outputs for the sound
card interface.
So essentially what we have is
a laptop machine with a powerful
digital scope built-in. In fact, there is
nothing to stop you from using it as
a conventional laptop. Just connect a
full-size keyboard and USB printer (if
you wish) and you’re ready to go. Using Windows XP, it employs a 1.3GHz
Celeron processor and 512MB of RAM.
siliconchip.com.au
The LeCroy WaveRunner 104Mxi is a powerful
digital scope that runs under Windows XP.
And of course, you can connect it to
a network if you desire. The internal
hard drive is 33GB, partitioned into
10GB and 23GB, so there is no lack of
capacity to store waveforms and setups and other software.
Normally, when you turn it, on it
boots straight into Windows XP and
February 2009 17
The panel on the side of the machine
includes an ethernet port, LeCroy’s
L-bus connector and I/O sockets for
various peripherals & sound.
The scope display can be run in a window on the XP desktop or maximised
to fill the screen as shown here.
then loads the LeCroy DSO operating system. This can be windowed or
minimised at any time to let you run
other applications.
The 10.4-inch (diagonal) screen is a
very good size, especially considering
the relatively small amount of space
taken up by the scope. Its overall dimensions are 340mm wide, 255mm
high and 200mm deep, including
knobs and the rear zippered pocket
for probes and accessories.
Having said that, the ability to connect an external VGA monitor is very
useful, particularly if you are using
the scope to demonstrate to a group or
classroom. Typically, in a large group,
the VGA signal would be connected to
a projector but it is here that a weakness in the LeCroy external monitor
set-up becomes apparent.
Unlike the situation where you may
be using a laptop for a PowerPoint
presentation on a projector, the LeCroy
scope does not allow you to have the
same screen display on the scope as on
the projector; you can have one or the
other, not both. This makes it difficult
to operate the scope when using the
external display because nothing can
be controlled by its touch screen – you
have to use the mouse on the external
18 Silicon Chip
screen. That could be very awkward
if you are using a projector. It seems
likely that a software change could
easily remedy this.
On the other hand, when using
the external monitor, it is very good
to be able to have the scope operate
on the external screen while you do
other functions on the scope screen
such as saving screen grabs or any
other software function. In fact, if I
had connected a full keyboard and
loaded Word onto the LeCroy, I could
have written this review on the machine while I tested its capabilities
as a scope.
Unfortunately, time constraints prevented us from fully evaluating the
LeCroy 104Mxi but it quickly becomes
obvious that it is a fully featured
4-channel 1GHz 10Gs/s machine with
very comprehensive waveform measurements. The full specifications of the
WaveRunner scopes are available at
http://www.lecroy.com/tm/products/
scopes/specs.asp?mseries=32
A unique feature allows you to do
separate measurements on each trace,
something that is just not available on
competing scopes. Importantly, the
range of vertical input sensitivity is
from 2mV to 10V/div in the usual 1-2-
5 sequence. You need the maximum
figure of 10V so that you can measure
240VAC waveforms with a 10:1 probe.
That gives you 100V/div on screen. If
your scope is limited to 5V/div, you
need a 100:1 probe to enable you do the
same thing; a small point perhaps but
most labs do not have more than one
100:1 probe and this can be a hassle
if you want to measure more than one
240VAC waveform at a time.
The timebase can be switched from
200 picoseconds to 10s/div in real time
and up to 1000s/div in roll mode. Very
comprehensive triggering is available,
including TV (PAL, NTSC, SECAM
and non-standard video modes up
to 1500 lines), ORed-qualified, Pattern (logic combinations), Dropout,
glitches and pulse widths, runt, slew
rate and so on.
So how do summarise a scope like
this? It certainly has a very wide range
of high-performance features but the
fact that it is operated under Windows
probably means that it is easier to drive
than if it relied on a multi-level menu
system operated by soft keys – we
liked it a lot.
For further information regarding
price and availability of the full range
of LeCroy digital oscilloscopes, contact the Australian distributors, Vicom
Australia Pty Ltd, 1064 Centre Road,
Oakleigh South, Vic 3167. Phone (03)
9563 7844; fax (03) 9579 7255; website
SC
www.vicom.com.au
siliconchip.com.au
PRODUCT SHOWCASE
New Tektronix
MSO2000 and
DPO2000
Digital Phosphor
Oscilloscopes
Tektronix claim their new MSO2000
and DPO2000 Series of Digital Phosphor Oscilloscopes are the first entrylevel oscilloscopes with feature-rich
tools to simplify mixed-signal designs.
The DPO2000 series consists of
three models ranging from 100MHz
to 200MHz, with two or four analog
channels, with the familiar Tektronix
front panel layout, serial triggering,
protocol decoding, USB plug and play
PC connectivity, a 7-inch widescreen
TFT display and a three year warranty.
The MSO2000 models also include
16 digital channels, providing up to 20
time correlated channels for analysing
both digital and analog data.
All models have the deepest memory
depth of any oscilloscope its class at a
full 1M point per channel with 1GS/s
sampling rate, which ensures at lease
five times oversampling of the signal.
Key points which set the DPO2000
and MSO2000 apart as the new benchmark entry-level oscilloscopes are:
• 16 logic channels (MSO2000 models
only)
• Parallel (MSO only) and serial triggering and decode
• Wave Inspector
• Long record length (1M points per
channel)
• Bright widescreen 7-inch display
• FilterVu Variable low pass filter.
Contact:
TekMark Australia Pty Ltd
Suite 302, 18-20 Orion Rd, Lane Cove 2066
Tel: 1300 811 355 Fax: (02) 9418 8485
Website: www.tekmarkgroup.com
Looking for Inductive Touch-Sensing Solutions?
Touch sensing continues to gain
popularity as an alternative to traditional
push-button user interfaces, improving
reliability and lowering total system costs.
Touch sensing also enables a completely
sealed and modern-looking design.
Inductive touch sensing works through
a front panel such as plastic, stainless steel
or aluminum and also through gloves and
on surfaces that contain liquids.
With the new mTouch Inductive TouchSensing Technology, Microchip enables
siliconchip.com.au
designers to integrate inductive
touch-sensing functionality with
their existing application code in
a single standard 8-, 16- or 32bit PIC microcontroller (MCU)
or 16-bit dsPIC Digital Signal
Controller (DSC), thus reducing
total system costs.
Major applications for inductive touch-sensing user
interfaces include those in the
appliance market because of the
possibility of a stainless steel
front panel; the industrial market because of
the technology’s robustness and the automotive market because of the technology’s
aesthetics and ability to reduce accidental
touch triggers.
End of the road for
the Hard Disk Drive?
Two press releases from industry
leader Sandisk received as we were going
to press arguably presage the end of the
mechanical hard disk drive.
The first was for drop-in flash disk
hard drive replacements for notebooks,
laptops, etc. Initial members in the
SanDisk G3 family are SSD C25-G3 (2.5”)
and SSD C18-G3 (1.8”), each available
with a SATA-II interface. Available in
capacities of 60, 120 and 240GB, the unit
MSRPs are $US149, $US249 and $US499,
respectively.
The second was the announcement of
2TB (two terabyte, or two trillion byte!)
Memory Sticks, developed in conjunction
with Sony.
Contact:
SanDisk Australia
Level 2 802 Pacific Hwy Gordon 2072
Tel: 1800 793 652
Website: http://au.sandisk.com
ANTRIM
TRANSFORMERS
manufactured in
Australia by
Harbuch Electronics Pty Ltd
harbuch<at>optusnet.com.au
Toroidal – Conventional Transformers
Power – Audio – Valve – ‘Specials’
Medical – Isolated – Stepup/down
Encased Power Supplies
Toroidal General
Construction
OUTER
INSULATION
OUTER
WINDING
WINDING
INSULATION
INNER
WINDING
CORE
CORE
INSULATION
Comprehensive data available:
Contact:
www.harbuch.com.au
PO Box 260, Epping, NSW 2121.
Tel:(02) 9868 6733 Fax:(02) 9868 6755
Website: www.microchip.com/mtouch
9/40 Leighton Pl, HORNSBY 2077
Ph (02) 9476 5854 Fax (02) 9476 3231
Microchip Technology Australia
Harbuch Electronics Pty Ltd
February 2009 19
SILICON
CHIP
If you are seeing a blank page here, it is
more than likely that it contained advertising
which is now out of date and the advertiser
has requested that the page be removed to
prevent misunderstandings.
Please feel free to visit the advertiser’s website:
dicksmith.com.au
SILICON
CHIP
If you are seeing a blank page here, it is
more than likely that it contained advertising
which is now out of date and the advertiser
has requested that the page be removed to
prevent misunderstandings.
Please feel free to visit the advertiser’s website:
dicksmith.com.au
A very efficient electronic thermostat
By JIM ROWE
TEMPMASTER Mk.2
Want to convert an old chest-type freezer into an energyefficient fridge? Or convert a spare standard fridge into an
excellent wine cooler? These are just two of the jobs this lowcost and easy-to-build electronic thermostat has been designed
to do. It can also be used to control 12V fridges or freezers,
as well as heaters in hatcheries and fish tanks. It controls the
fridge/freezer or heater directly via their power cables, so
there’s no need to modify their internal wiring.
22 Silicon Chip
siliconchip.com.au
The switched IEC connector is snap-fitted to an aluminium plate and this
assembly is then secured to one end of the case using Nylon screws & nuts.
The other end of the case carries
access holes for the sensor jack plug,
trimpot adjustment and DC power supply.
B
ACK IN THE JUNE 2005 issue
of SILICON CHIP, we described an
electronic thermostat intended mainly
for converting an old fridge into a
wine cooler or a chest-type freezer
into an energy-efficient fridge. Dubbed
the “Coolmaster”, it turned out to be
a very popular project, especially
with people wanting to reduce their
power bill and reduce their “carbon
footprint”.
Converting a chest freezer into a
“chest fridge” results in much lower
energy consumption than a normal
“vertical” fridge of the same internal
capacity, because cold air doesn’t fall
out every time you open the door and
siliconchip.com.au
chest freezers tend to be better insulated anyway.
The project became even more
popular when the people in Jaycar’s kit
department came out with a slightly
modified version which could be used
to control heating elements as well as
fridges and freezers. This modified
version was called the “Tempmaster”,
to describe its expanded capabilities.
Unfortunately, some constructors
did experience problems with the
project. In most cases, this seems to
have been due to spurious triggering
of the control Triac due to inductive
spikes fed back from the motor in the
compressor of the fridge/freezer, caus-
ing noisy and/or hesitant switch-on or
switch-off. This problem was solved
in most cases by fitting a mains filter
circuit between the Tempmaster and
the motor but it did point to one shortcoming in the project’s use of a Triac
for power control of motors.
Of course, a Triac can only be used
for controlling AC in any case, and
this meant that the first Tempmaster
could not be used to control fridges,
freezers or heaters which run from 12V
DC – shortcoming number two.
We also received criticism from energy conservationist Dr Tom Chalko,
who complained that the Coolmaster/
Tempmaster was mediocre in terms of
energy efficiency. This was because of
its own quiescent energy consumption
and it would pose problems for those
using electronic inverters to produce
240VAC from a solar or wind generating system, by preventing the inverters
from ever being able to switch into
“sleep” mode.
Dr Chalko claimed that our Tempmaster had a continuous quiescent energy consumption of 60 watt-hours per
day, equating to a power consumption
of 2.5W. I’m not sure how he arrived
at this figure, because my calculations
gave a figure of only 0.25W or 6Wh/day
with a 90% efficient plugpack supply,
or perhaps 10Wh/day with a plugpack
which was only 50% efficient.
Added to the other shortcomings of
the original Coolmaster/Tempmaster,
though, Dr Chalko’s criticism did
prompt us to produce a new and improved Mk.2 version of the project. So
that’s the story behind the new version
described here.
There are two main differences between this new Tempmaster and the
original. First, it now uses a 240VACrated relay to switch the load power
instead of a Triac. This has three main
advantages: no problems with noise
triggering, the ability to switch DC just
as easily as AC and lower quiescent
energy consumption because there is
now no snubber circuit or bias filter
circuitry associated the Triac.
The second main difference is that
we have used a more efficient voltage
regulator circuit, an LM723, to power
the thermostat’s control circuitry. This
has lowered the quiescent power consumption to below 48mW (0.048W)
– equating to just 1.15Wh/day.
How it works
There’s very little in the thermostat
February 2009 23
+5V REG
2.7k
5.6k
LM393
COMPARATOR
VSENSOR
2
1.2k
VREF
3
1
IC1a
COMPARATOR
OUT
10M
SET
TEMPERATURE
TS1
LM335Z
–
8
4
3.3k
TEMP
SENSOR
+
+12V
VR1
500
COMPARATOR CONFIGURATION – COOLING CONTROL
Fig.1: the circuit is based on remote temperature sensor TS1. It’s
output is fed to the inverting input of comparator IC1a where it is
compared with a preset reference voltage (VREF) derived from a
regulated +5V rail.
2.92
2.91
2.90
LM335Z SENSOR VOLTAGE
2.89
2.88
2.87
2.86
2.85
2.84
2.83
2.82
2.81
2.80
2.79
2.78
2.77
2.76
2.75
3
2
275K
4
5
6
7
8
280K
9
10
11 12 13 14
285K
15
16
17 18
290K
19
TEMPERATURE – DEGREES CELSIUS (KELVIN)
Fig.2: the graph plots the output voltage of the LM335Z as a function
of temperature. It rises linearly by 10mV for every 1°C increase.
circuit and its operation is straightforward. Fig.1 shows the basic details.
The heart of the circuit is the remote
temperature sensor TS1, which is an
LM335Z device specifically designed
for temperature sensing. The LM335Z
acts like a special kind of zener diode,
in which its voltage drop is not fixed
but varies linearly and quite accurately
with its temperature. In fact, its voltage drop is directly proportional to
absolute temperature, having a value
of 0V at 0 Kelvin (-273°C) and rising
linearly by 10mV for every Kelvin (or
°C) rise in temperature.
This is shown in the graph of Fig.2.
24 Silicon Chip
At a temperature of 2°C (275K), the
voltage drop of the LM335Z is very
close to 2.75V. Similarly, at 19°C
(292K), it rises to 2.92V. It’s this change
in voltage that we use to control the
temperature of our fridge/freezer or
heater, by comparing the sensor’s voltage with a preset reference voltage.
The actual comparison is made by
IC1a, one section of an LM393 dual
comparator (the other section is not
used). Sensor TS1 connects to the
inverting input (pin 2) of IC1a which
compares it with a reference voltage at
its non-inverting input (pin 3).
Now remember that the lower the
temperature being measured by sensor TS1, the lower will be its output
voltage. So when the sensor voltage
is below the reference voltage, the
output of the comparator will be high
and this means that nothing will be
switched on by it.
When the voltage from the sensor
rises, corresponding to an increase in
measured temperature, at some point
it will go above the reference voltage
at pin 3. This will cause the output of
the comparator to go low and it will
then switch on transistor Q1 and the
relay which we will come to later on.
Fig.1 also shows the sensor connection details and the means of deriving
the reference voltage from the +5V
supply. As can be seen, sensor TS1 is
connected to the +5V rail via a 5.6kΩ
resistor, which is used to provide the
sensor with a small bias current.
The reference voltage at pin 3 is
derived from the +5V rail via a voltage
divider formed by the 2.7kΩ resistor
and the 3.3kΩ resistor in series with
VR1, a 500Ω multi-turn trimpot.
As a result, when VR1 is adjusted
over its range this varies the reference
voltage between 2.75V and 2.92V.
These happen to be the LM335Z sensor
voltages at 2°C and 19°C respectively.
VR1 therefore becomes the thermostat’s “set temperature” control.
OK, the foregoing description of
IC1a applies to when the Tempmaster is in cooling mode. Now have a
look at the complete circuit of Fig.3.
This shows IC1a connected so that it
can provide either heating or cooling
control. Sensor TS1 plugs into socket
CON2 which in turn connects to test
point TP2 and one end of links LK1
and LK2. The reference voltage is fed
to test point TP1 as well as the two
other pins of LK1 and LK2.
The two inputs of IC1a are connected to the centre pins of LK1 and LK2.
This allows us to set the Tempmaster
for either cooling or heating control,
simply by moving the jumpers on LK1
and LK2 from one end to the other.
For example, when LK1 connects
IC1a’s pin 3 to the reference voltage (TP1) and LK2 connects pin 2
to TP2 and temperature sensor TS1,
this configures the Tempmaster for
cooling control (ie, control of a fridge
or freezer). Conversely when LK1
connects pin 3 to TP2 and TS1, and
LK2 connects pin 2 to TP1 and the
reference voltage, this configures the
Tempmaster for heating control. The
siliconchip.com.au
Fig.3: the complete circuit of the Tempmaster Mk.2. Links LK1 & LK2 allow comparator IC1a to be connected so that
it can provide either heating or cooling control. IC1a drives transistor Q1 which in turn controls relay RLY1 to switch
power through to the GPO.
“C” and “H” at each end of LK1 and
LK2 indicate this.
Cooling control
Now consider that LK1 and LK2 are
set for cooling mode, as shown by the
two red links on the circuit diagram
(Fig.3). This means that while ever the
temperature of TS1 inside the fridge
or freezer remains lower than the set
temperature level, the voltage drop
across TS1 (applied to input pin 2 of
IC1a) will be lower than the reference
voltage applied to pin 3 via LK1 and
the 1.2kΩ resistor.
As a result, the open-collector output at pin 1 will not draw any current
from the +12V rail and transistor Q1
will not be able to conduct to turn
siliconchip.com.au
on LED1 or relay RLY1. So no output
power will be delivered to the GPO.
On the other hand, if the temperature inside the fridge/freezer rises to
just above the reference voltage (set
temperature) level, the voltage drop
across TS1 (fed to pin 2 of IC1) will
just rise above the reference voltage
on pin 3. The comparator output will
switch low to pull current through the
4.7kΩ resistor and hence turn on Q1.
This will operate LED1 and energise
the relay coil. This will provide power
to the compressor in the fridge/freezer,
causing it to cool things down again.
Of course when the fridge/freezer
temperature drops below the set level
again, the voltage from TS1 will drop
below the voltage on pin 3 of the
comparator and the comparator will
switch back off again, turning off Q1,
the LED and the relay once again. It
runs the compressor only long enough
to bring the temperature just below
the set level.
Heating control
If links LK1 and LK2 are swapped to
their “H” ends, this reverses the way
the comparator controls the power fed
to the Tempmaster’s GPO in response
to changes in TS1’s voltage. Since
TS1’s voltage is now fed to pin 3 of
IC1a and the reference voltage to pin
2, the comparator’s output will remain
high and not draw any current while
ever TS1’s voltage is higher than the
reference voltage.
February 2009 25
Fig.4: install the parts on the PC board and complete the wiring as shown here. Note that all connections to the GPO,
the IEC connector and the relay contacts (1) must be run using mains-rated cable. Be sure to secure this wiring using
cable ties, as shown in the photos.
As a result, Q1 and the relay will
remain off and no power will be fed
to the GPO or any heating element
connected to it.
However, if the temperature inside
the hothouse or fish tank falls just
below the set temperature, TS1’s
voltage will drop below the reference
voltage. The comparator’s output will
thus switch low, drawing current and
turning on Q1 and LED1 and energising relay RLY1.
As a result, power will be switched
through to the heating element to
warm things up again. Then when the
temperature rises above the set level
again, TS1’s voltage will rise above the
reference voltage and the comparator’s
output will switch high again. This
will turn off Q1, LED1 and the relay,
removing power from the heater.
of positive feedback. This is arranged
by the 10MΩ resistor between pins 1
and 3 of IC1a and the 1.2kΩ resistor
connecting pin 3 to LK1. This lowers
the voltage at pin 3 slightly when the
comparator is switched “on” (pin 1
low and Q1 energising RLY1) and
raises it slightly when the comparator is “off”.
In cooling mode, this means that
in the input voltage from TS1 at pin
2 must drop down to a level at pin 3
that is slightly lower than the reference voltage, before the comparator
will turn off again. Conversely, it must
rise to a level slightly higher than the
reference voltage before the comparator will turn on. In other words, we
give the comparator a small amount
of hysteresis.
Positive feedback
All the low-voltage part of the
circuit operates from a nominal 12V
DC supply, which is derived from an
external DC plugpack or battery via
CON1 and protection diode D1. The
470μF capacitor provides a reservoir
Regardless of whether the circuit is
working in cooling or heating modes,
we need to prevent the comparator
from oscillating back and forth (or
hunting) by applying a small amount
26 Silicon Chip
Low power drain
for the additional current needed
when the relay is energised, while
the 10Ω resistor and zener diode ZD1
provide protection against over voltage damage.
The regulated +5V supply needed
for TS1 and the reference voltage
divider is derived from the nominal
+12V rail via REG1, an LM723C regulator. We have used the LM723C here
because it has a very low quiescent
current. As a result, the maximum total
quiescent current drawn from the 12V
supply (via CON1) is less than 3.8mA.
This is when the relay is not energised,
of course. When the relay is energised,
the current rises to about 79mA.
So in a typical freezer-to-fridge
conversion application where the
relay will be off for most of the time,
the Tempmaster’s average power consumption will be only around 50mW
and its energy consumption around
1.2 watt-hours per day.
Construction
Most of the components used in the
Tempmaster circuit are mounted on a
siliconchip.com.au
PC board measuring 151 x 109mm and
coded 10202091. The board has rounded cut-outs at one end so it mounts inside a sealed polycarbonate enclosure
measuring 171 x 121 x 55mm, sitting
on the tapped pillars moulded into the
bottom of the enclosure.
Relay RLY1 is mounted on the board
at lower centre, as shown in the internal photos. The connectors for the
12V DC input and remote temperature
sensor TS1 are mounted on the righthand end of the board, being accessed
via matching holes at that end of the
enclosure. The “set temperature”
trimpot VR1 is mounted centrally at
the same end of the board and is accessed via a small hole in one end of
the enclosure.
The only components not mounted
on the PC board in the Tempmaster
itself are the fused and switched IEC
mains input connector and the 3-pin
mains outlet or GPO. The latter is
mounted in a cut-out at upper left on
the enclosure’s lid, while the former
mounts on the lefthand end of the
enclosure.
Since the IEC connector is a snapin type that’s suitable for panels with
a maximum wall thickness of 1mm
(much thinner than the enclosure
walls), it’s first fitted to a small metal
plate of 1mm-thick sheet steel or
aluminium. The resulting assembly
is then fastened inside the enclosure
behind the connector’s cut-out, using
four M3 x 10mm Nylon screws and
eight M3 Nylon hex nuts (two on each
screw, for safety).
This arrangement gives maximum
safety combined with neatness, as the
front surface of the IEC connector is
virtually flush with the outside of the
enclosure wall.
Wiring up the board and in fact the
Inside the completed Tempmaster Mk.2 – note how the mains wiring is firmly
secured using cable ties, so that it’s impossible for the leads to come adrift
and contact low-voltage wiring.
Table 1: Resistor Colour Codes
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
siliconchip.com.au
No.
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
2
Value
10MΩ
22kΩ
11kΩ
6.8kΩ
5.6kΩ
4.7kΩ
3.3kΩ
2.7kΩ
1.2kΩ
10Ω
4-Band Code (1%)
brown black blue brown
red red orange brown
brown brown orange brown
blue grey red brown
green blue red brown
yellow violet red brown
orange orange red brown
red violet red brown
brown red red brown
brown black black brown
5-Band Code (1%)
brown black black green brown
red red black red brown
brown brown black red brown
blue grey black brown brown
green blue black brown brown
yellow violet black brown brown
orange orange black brown brown
red violet black brown brown
brown red black brown brown
brown black black gold brown
February 2009 27
LM335Z
(FLAT
SIDE
DOWN)
CUT ADJ
LEAD
SHORT
BROWN
WIRE TO
THIS
LEAD
RED WIRE
TO CENTRE
LEAD
2 x 25mm
LENGTHS OF
2.5mm HEATSHRINK
30mm LENGTH
OF 5mm DIA
HEATSHRINK
3-METRE LENGTH
OF 2-CORE
RIBBON CABLE
1
SOLDER RIBBON CABLE WIRES
TO TEMP SENSOR LEADS
2
SLIDE HEATSHRINK
SLEEVES UP AND
HEAT TO SHRINK
3
FIT LARGER SLEEVE AND
HEAT TO SHRINK OVER
ALL LEADS
M3 x 9mm LONG COUNTERSINK HEAD
SCREWS WITH STAR LOCKWASHERS
AND M3 NUTS
4
CLAMP SENSOR ASSEMBLY
TO 25 x 50mm ALUMINIUM
HEATSINK PLATE
5
FIT 3.5mm JACK PLUG TO
OTHER END OF RIBBON
CABLE (RED WIRE TO TIP)
Fig.5: follow this 5-step procedure to make the temperature sensor assembly.
As shown, the sensor is clamped to a 25 x 50mm aluminium heatsink plate.
colour codes but it’s also a good idea to
check each one with a DMM just before
it’s fitted to the board. Once they are
in, fit trimpot VR1 – this goes at centre
right, between CON1 and CON2.
The two non-polarised ceramic capacitors can be fitted next, followed by
the two electrolytics. Take special care
with the latter as they are polarised.
Make sure you follow the diagram
carefully for their orientation or you’ll
strike trouble later.
Take the same care with the semiconductors. These can be fitted now,
starting with diodes D1 and D2 and
zener diode ZD1. Follow these with
transistor Q1 and LED1. The latter
should be mounted vertically, with
the bottom of its body about 12mm
above the board. Make sure the LED
is orientated with its flat (cathode)
side as shown, then fit IC1 and REG1,
soldering these into place if you’re not
using IC sockets.
Now you can bolt relay RLY1 to the
board at lower centre. It’s attached
to the board using two M4 x 10mm
machine screws, flat washers, lockwashers and hex nuts. Make sure that
you mount the relay with its coil connection spade connectors to the right
and its contact connectors to the left,
as shown in the wiring diagram and
photos. Also make sure that you fit
the relay mounting screws with their
heads under the board, and their nuts
and washers above the relay mounting flanges.
Preparing the enclosure
This view shows the completed temperature sensor unit. It connects to the
main Tempmaster circuit via a 3.5mm mono jack plug.
thermostat as a whole should be very
easy if you follow the internal photos
and the wiring/overlay diagram carefully.
Begin wiring up the PC board by
fitting the three terminal pins (used
to provide test points). These go at
centre right on the board. Follow these
with DC input connector CON1, the
temperature sensor socket CON2 and
the two-way terminal block CON3.
28 Silicon Chip
If you are using sockets for IC1 and
REG1 these can now be fitted as well.
You can also fit the two 3-way SIL
headers for LK1 and LK2, which are
located just to the left of CON2. It’s
also a good idea to now fit the wire
link which goes just to the left of the
LK1 header.
Next, fit the various resistors, making sure you fit each one in its correct
position. Table 1 shows the resistor
Your board assembly should now be
complete and you can place it aside
while you drill and cut the various
holes needed in the enclosure and its
lid (note: you probably won’t have
to do this if you’re building it from
a kit, as it will very likely come with
the enclosure and lid fully prepared
for you). Use the enclosure cutting
diagram shown in Fig.6 as a guide to
the size and location of all holes.
Fig.6 also shows the details for
the metal mounting plate for the IEC
connector.
Once the enclosure has been prepared, slip the PC board assembly
down into it and screw it into place
using the four M3 x 6mm machine
screws, which mate with the metal
nuts moulded into the standoffs in the
bottom of the enclosure. That done,
clip the IEC mains connector into
its metal mounting plate and fit this
siliconchip.com.au
assembly into the matching cut-out
in the lefthand end of the enclosure,
from the inside.
You’ll find that the flange of the IEC
connector slips snugly inside the cutout and the mounting plate is flush
against the inside of the enclosure
wall. You can then fasten the assembly
in place using four M3 x 10mm Nylon
screws and nuts. It’s a good idea to
then install an additional Nylon nut
on each mounting screw. These will
firmly lock the first nuts into position
and ensure that the assembly can not
come loose.
Next, mount the mains outlet socket
in its matching lid cut-out. This is done
by undoing the screw in the centre of
the socket to separate the front and
rear sections, then screwing them
back together with the lid sandwiched
between the two sections.
Fitting the mains leads
After the outlet socket is fitted you
can then prepare the various mains
connection wires which link it to the
IEC mains connector and the contacts
siliconchip.com.au
of RLY1 – see Fig.4. Note that these
leads must all be rated at 250VAC.
The blue (Neutral) and green/yellow
(Earth) leads from the outlet socket
each have a 4.8mm insulated spade
connector crimped firmly to their far
ends. By contrast, the brown (Active)
wire from the GPO is fitted with a
6.4mm insulated spade connector to
connect to one of the relay contact
terminals. The brown (Active) lead
between the IEC connector and the
relay is fitted with a 4.8mm insulated
spade connector at one end and a
6.4mm connector at the other.
Finally, the lead that’s used to link
two terminals on the IEC connector
has 4.8mm insulated spade connectors
at both ends.
Fig.4 shows what type of spade
connector to fit to each wire. These
spade connectors must all be fully
insulated. If you are unable to obtain
fully insulated 4.8mm connectors,
then use non-insulated connectors
but be sure to fully insulate them using 6mm-diameter heatshrink tubing
after the leads are crimped.
Points To Check
(1) Be sure to use the specified ABS
plastic case & note that Nylon screws
must be used to secure the IEC connector
plate to ensure safety.
(2) Use mains-rated cable for all connections to the IEC socket, the GPO and the
relay contacts. Secure this wiring using
cable ties – see photos.
(3) Use fully-insulated spade connectors to terminate the leads to the IEC
connector and to the relay contacts. A
ratchet-driven crimping tool is necessary
to fit the spade connectors.
(4) Do not touch any part of the 230VAC
wiring while this device is plugged into
the mains. Do NOT attempt to build this
device unless you know what you are
doing and are familiar with high-voltage
wiring.
Make sure you attach all of these
space connectors very firmly using
a ratchet-type crimp connector, so
they will give reliable long-term connections.
Two short wires are used to connect
February 2009 29
(RIGHT-HAND END OF BOX)
19
15.5
9.0mm DIAMETER
HOLE FOR 2.5mm
DC CONNECTOR
19
14
A
CL
(LEFT-HAND END OF BOX)
10
A
5.5
27
47
10
A
13.5
A
5
18
50
A
A
CUTOUT
FOR IEC
CONNECTOR
6
30
5
A
HOLES A: 3.0mm DIAMETER
CORNER
RADIUS 2.5
A
18
CL
72
25
IEC CONNECTOR MOUNTING PLATE:
MATERIAL 1mm SHEET ALUMINIUM OR STEEL
5.5
A
26
6
40
18
38
33.5
16.75
12
9.0mm DIAMETER
HOLE FOR 3.5mm
JACK PLUG ENTRY
(BOX LID)
14
10.9
4.5mm DIAM.
4.0
Fig.6: this diagram shows the cutout and drilling details for the GPO socket in the case lid, the access holes for the DC
socket, the temperature sensor socket and the trimpot (righthand end), the IEC connector (lefthand end) and the metal
mounting plate for the IEC connector. A large cutout can be made by drilling a series of small holes around the inside
perimeter, then knocking out the centre piece and carefully filing the job to a smooth finish.
30 Silicon Chip
siliconchip.com.au
Parts List
Non-insulated
4.8mm spade connectors
can be used, provided they are
fully insulated with 6mm
heatshrink sleeving as shown here.
the coil of RLY1 to terminal block
CON3. These can be made up from
medium-duty insulated hookup
wire, with each one having a 4.8mm
insulated spade connector crimped
to one end.
That completes the wiring of the
Tempmaster but before you screw on
the lid of the enclosure to finish it, fit
plastic cable ties to the mains wiring
as shown in the internal photos. These
will ensure that the spade connectors
cannot come loose and make it impossible for a mains lead to make contact
with any of the low-voltage wiring.
You can also fit one or two cable ties
around the wires from the relay coil
to CON3, to make sure these will also
hold each other in place.
Installing the jumper shunts
Another job to do at this stage is to
fit the jumper shunts to the two 3-way
header strips on the top of the Tempmaster PC board, to provide links LK1
and LK2. Whichever positions you use
for these two jumpers will depend on
whether you’re going to be using the
Tempmaster to control cooling or heating. They go in the lower “C” positions
for cooling or the upper “H” positions
for heating.
Finally, fit the rubber sealing strip
around the groove in the underside
of the enclosure lid, and then screw
the lid to the enclosure using the four
screws provided. You should now be
ready to make up the Tempmaster’s
remote temperature sensor.
Making the remote sensor
Follow the step-by-step diagram
shown in Fig.5 as a guide. The first
step is to clip short the unwanted
third lead off the LM335Z sensor and
then solder the ends of the 2-core
ribbon cable wires to the other two
leads after slipping 25mm lengths of
2.5mm diameter heatshrink sleeving
over each one.
After the solder cools and you
are happy that both joints are good,
the sleeves are then moved up until
siliconchip.com.au
1 PC board, code 10202091,
151 x 109mm
1 IP65 ABS sealed polycarbonate
enclosure with clear lid, 171 x
121 x 55mm (Jaycar HB-6248
or equivalent)
1 2.5mm DC input socket, PC
board mounting (CON1)
1 3.5mm jack socket, PC board
mounting (CON2)
1 2-way terminal block, PC
board mounting (CON3)
1 3.5mm stereo jack plug
1 10A flush mounting mains outlet
socket with side wire entry
1 snap-fit fused male IEC
connector with switch
1 chassis-mount 12V coil SPDT
relay with 20A contacts
(Jaycar SY-4042)
1 10A M205 slow blow fuse
3 PC board pins, 1mm diameter
1 14-pin machined IC socket
1 8-pin machined IC socket
1 300mm length of 10A brown
mains wire
1 100mm length of 10A blue
mains wire
1 100mm length of 10A green/
yellow mains wire
2 50mm lengths of medium duty
insulated hookup wire
6 plastic cable ties
1 72 x 38 x 1mm sheet steel or
aluminium (for IEC connector
mounting plate)
2 3-pin SIL headers
2 jumper shunts
1 25 x 50 x 3mm aluminium sheet
1 30 x 10 x 1mm aluminium sheet
2 6.4mm fully-insulated spade
connectors for 1mm2 wire
7 4.8mm fully-insulated spade
connectors for 1mm2 wire
1 2m length of 2-conductor
ribbon cable
2 25mm lengths of 2.5mm
heatshrink sleeving
1 150mm length of 6mm
heatshrink sleeving
4 M3 x 10mm Nylon screws, pan
head
8 M3 Nylon hex nuts
2 M3 x 10mm machine screws,
countersunk head
2 M3 hex nuts & star lockwashers
4 M3 x 6mm machine screws
2 M4 x 10mm machine screws
2 M4 hex nuts
2 M4 flat washers
2 M4 lockwashers
1 500Ω multi-turn cermet trimpot,
horizontal adjust (VR1)
1 30mm-length tinned copper
wire (for link)
they butt hard against the body of the
LM335Z, after which they are heated
to shrink them in place (step 2). Then
a 30mm-length of 5mm diameter heatshrink sleeving is slipped along the
cable and over the other sleeves, and
heated in turn to shrink it in place as
well (step 3).
Next, prepare the sensor’s heatsink
assembly by drilling two 3.5mm diameter holes on the centre line of the 50 x
25mm aluminium plate, 18mm apart.
Both holes should be countersunk
to accept countersink-head screws
installed from underneath.
Next make the 30 x 10mm piece of
1mm aluminium into a clamp piece,
by bending its central 8mm section
into a half-round shape to fit snugly
over the LM335Z’s body. After this,
drill 3.5mm holes in the flat ends of
this clamp piece, 18mm apart again to
match the holes in the larger plate.
You should then be able to assemble
the probe with the LM335Z clamped to
the top of the plate flat side down and
Semiconductors
1 LM335Z temperature sensor
(TS1)
1 LM393 dual op amp (IC1)
1 LM723C regulator (REG1)
1 BC327 or BC328 transistor (Q1)
1 16V 1W zener diode (ZD1)
1 5mm red LED (LED1)
2 1N4004 1A diodes (D1,D2)
Capacitors
1 470μF 25V RB electrolytic
1 10μF 16V RB electrolytic
1 1nF disc ceramic
1 100pF disc ceramic
Resistors (0.25W, 1%)
1 10MΩ
2 4.7kΩ
1 22kΩ
2 3.3kΩ
1 11kΩ
1 2.7kΩ
1 6.8kΩ
1 1.2kΩ
1 5.6kΩ
2 10Ω
February 2009 31
1MM-THICK METAL PLATE
NYLON SCREWS
& NUTS
NOTE CABLE TIES
USED TO SECURE
NEUTRAL & EARTH
LEADS TO GPO
This inside view clearly shows how the mains
wiring is installed and secured. Note the Nylon
screws & nuts used to secure the IEC connector/
bracket assembly.
the screws tightened down using M3
nuts and star lockwashers (step 4).
Complete the sensor assembly by
fitting the 3.5mm mono jack plug to
the other end of the 2-core ribbon
cable, connecting the red wire to the
“tip” lug and the brown wire to the
“sleeve” lug (step 5).
Initial checks
Before doing anything else, use your
multimeter (set to a low ohms range) to
check between the earth pin of the IEC
connector and the Earth outlet of the
GPO. You should get a reading of zero
ohms here (this checks the integrity of
the earth connection).
Having verified the earth connection, fit the 10A fuse to the fuseholder
in the IEC socket. Note that this fuse
should be a slow-blow type.
Note also that we strongly advise
against connecting this unit to mains
32 Silicon Chip
power without the lid in place, to
eliminate the risk of electric shock.
Setting it up
This is mainly a matter of adjusting
trimpot VR1 to produce the reference
voltage level at test point TP1 that corresponds to the average temperature
you want the Tempmaster to maintain.
This can be done by trial and error
once the project is finished and working but if you have a DMM it can also
be done before the case is closed up
(but before the IEC mains connector
is connected to the power, of course).
If you want to do this, first plug
the 12V DC cable from your plugpack
or battery supply into CON1 at the
righthand end of the box. Now connect the leads of your DMM (set to
a low DC voltage range) to TP1 and
TPG. Read the voltage, which should
be somewhere between 2.75V and
2.92V. Now all you have to do is look
up the voltage level for the temperature you want from Fig.1 and adjust
VR1 until the DMM reading changes
to this value. The enclosure can then
be closed up again.
All that remains now is to mount
the remote sensor inside the fridge or
freezer cabinet, or inside the hothouse,
fishtank or seed germinating cabinet,
attaching the sensor’s heatsink plate to
the side of the cabinet using two short
lengths of gaffer tape. Then you can
run its ribbon cable outside, holding it
down with further strips of gaffer tape
so it will pass neatly under the rubber
door seal when the door is closed.
If you mount the Tempmaster on the
wall just behind the fridge/freezer or
heater, the plug on the end of the ribbon cable can be plugged into CON2
on the righthand end of the enclosure
to complete the job.
siliconchip.com.au
Connection Options For The Tempmaster
There are at least three different ways
that the Tempmaster Mk.2 can be connected up to control the temperature of
a fridge, freezer or heater set-up. Which
one you use will depend on whether your
fridge/freezer/heater operates from 240V
AC or 12V DC and also whether you will
be running it from the AC mains or from
a battery supply.
The three main options are shown for
your guidance in the diagram at right.
Option A
240V WALL
OUTLETS
(GPOs)
TEMPMASTER Mk2
12V DC PLUG PACK
(OR CHARGER + 12V SLA BATTERY)
A
siliconchip.com.au
240V
FRIDGE/FREEZER
(OR HEATER)
IEC MAINS
CORD
TEMPMASTER Mk2
(12V DC LEAD)
WIND
GENERATOR
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
+
–
CHARGING
CONTROLLER
BATTERY
SOLAR
PANEL
B
USE WITH SOLAR/WIND POWER, 240V FRIDGE/FREEZER
LOW VOLTAGE
PLUGS & SOCKETS
Option C
Now you can unplug the power
cord of the fridge/freezer/heating
cabinet from its original GPO and plug
it instead into the GPO on the top of
the Tempmaster. Then when you connect the Tempmaster’s own IEC mains
connector to the original GPO via a
suitable IEC mains cable, the complete
USE WITH 240V FRIDGE/FREEZER, MAINS POWER
12V–240V
INVERTER
Option B
Option (C) shows how to connect things
up when the Tempmaster is to be used with
a 12V fridge/freezer and a solar power
system. Here the configuration is quite
straightforward but you MUST replace
both of the Tempmaster’s “mains”
connectors with suitable low-voltage
plugs and sockets – to make sure that
they can’t be accidentally connected
to 240V.
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
(12V DC LEAD)
Option A shows the simplest arrangement, where a 240V fridge/freezer or
heater is to be operated directly from
the 240V AC mains supply. The 12V DC
needed by the Tempmaster itself can be
supplied either by a small plugpack DC
supply or from a 12V SLA battery which
is kept “topped up” by a suitable charger.
The next option (B) shows how a 240V
fridge/freezer or heater can be connected
to a 12V/240V power inverter, in a home
or building which relies on solar panels or
wind-generated power. As you can see,
the Tempmaster itself can be powered
from the main battery, along with the
power inverter used to operate the fridge/
freezer/heater.
Because there is no current whatsoever drawn from the Tempmaster’s IEC
mains input socket when the Tempmaster
has switched off the power to the fridge/
freezer/heater, the inverter should drop
back to “sleep” mode at these times.
240V
FRIDGE/FREEZER
(OR HEATER)
IEC MAINS
CORD
12V
FRIDGE/FREEZER
(12V DC LEAD)
TEMPMASTER Mk2
WIND
GENERATOR
+
–
CHARGING
CONTROLLER
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
BATTERY
SOLAR
PANEL
C
USE WITH SOLAR/WIND POWER & 12V FRIDGE/FREEZER
system will begin working.
If you want to make sure that the
thermostat is holding the fridge/
freezer/heater to the temperature you
want, this can be done quite easily
using a thermometer placed inside the
cabinet for a while. You can see when
the Tempmaster is switching power to
the compressor or heater simply by
watching LED1.
If you need to adjust the average
temperature up or down, this is done
quite easily by adjusting trimpot VR1
using a small screwdriver, through the
small central hole in the righthand end
SC
of the enclosure.
February 2009 33
DSS R/C pioneer Dave Jones flying a model
using his Infinity radio during a recent visit
to Dalby Queensland. Dave was in Australia
to watch the 2008 UAV Outback Challenge.
There is a revolution sweeping across the
R/C model scene which will bring great
improvements in reliability. In a little over
two years, 2.4GHz DSS radio control systems
have begun to dominate. It is now common
to see over 50% of all transmitters in the
transmitter pound sporting those little black
antennas.
By BOB YOUNG
2.4GHz DSS radio
control systems
34 Silicon
iliconCChip
hip
siliconchip.com.au
siliconchip.com.au
This Silvertone Flamingo UAV has a
4-metre wingspan, can fly at 95 knots
and is fitted with 2.4GHz DSS system.
D
SS STANDS FOR “Digital Spread
Spectrum”, a highly robust radio
system that was initially confined
to exotic defence communications.
Spread spectrum was primarily used
by the military in the 1940s and 1950s
for communication systems to send
and receive secure data. It has only
been since about 1985 that it’s been
available for use by the general public.
Now it has come to radio control for
model aircraft and it is revolutionising
the scene.
The idea for spread spectrum communications originally came from
the film actress Hedy Lamarr who
conceived and patented a frequency
hopping system using something akin
to piano rolls. The technology originally could not support this system
and the idea lay dormant for many
years but was eventually picked up
and developed into the modern spread
spectrum system.
You can read more about Hedy
Lamarr’s patent and a lot of other interesting information at http://www.
inventions.org/culture/female/lamarr.
html
As near as I can ascertain, the pioneer of spread spectrum R/C systems
was Dave Jones of AUAV, based in
Florida, USA. In 2000, Dave began
experimenting with Digital Spread
Spectrum R/C systems for use in his
UAVs (Unmanned Aerial Vehicles). He
chose Digital Spread Spectrum (DSS)
for its tight security and outstanding
ability to reject intentional or unintentional radio frequency interference.
siliconchip.com.au
Dave Jones was looking to conduct
a flight of a 3-metre UAV to an altitude
of 30,000 feet. As you can imagine,
one of the biggest concerns was how
to ensure rock solid, reliable control
of the aircraft. They had planned to
conduct most of the flight under autonomous control but still wanted to
have the ability to take over manually
or make changes in the flight profile
should the need arise.
The main concern was that while
the aircraft was at those extreme altitudes it could be subject to higher
levels of natural or man-made radio
frequency interference. Without some
form of protection, it would be very
easy to lose control of the aircraft, with
devastating results.
A likely scenario was that a 72MHz
hobby R/C transmitter (72MHz being
the legal R/C aircraft band in the USA)
could be transmitting on the same frequency in the same locality as the UAV.
This could have serious consequences
if the autopilot activation switch was
turned off due to interference.
AUAV’s first approach was a Dual
Redundancy R/C system with one link
on 900MHz and one on 2.4GHz, with
auto transfer from one to the other, if
interference or failure occurred on one
link. However, after much research,
AUAV finally decided to use Digital
Spread Spectrum and started developing the forerunner of the DSS R/C
systems now being produced and sold
to hobbyists the world over.
During the testing phase, a solidstate A/B switching system was used to
transfer control of the test aircraft from
the experimental DSS system over to a
standard 72MHz system; a very sound
approach from a safety aspect.
Following AUAV’s early success,
other manufacturers looked at DSS
R/C systems with great interest. Thus
2.4GHz DSS was soon picked up by
Spectrum (JR) and others, with low
range, lightweight park flyers. After
a very successful and relatively short
period of introduction, the manufacturers began to produce sets aimed
at small R/C sport models and then
gradually the size restrictions fell away
as manufacturers and R/C modellers
alike began to have greater confidence
in this new technology.
In fact, in November 2008, the
author test flew the new Silvertone
Mk.2 Flamingo UAV, using a commercial 2.4GHz direct-sequence DSS
R/C system.
One of the really nice features of
operating on 2.4GHz is that all of the
annoying old bugbears such as servo
electrical noise, long lead problems
and electric motor interference, etc
have all been minimised or completely
eliminated. This is by virtue of the fact
that the 2.4GHz frequency is far above
the noise frequencies and the elaborate
encoding/decoding simply obliterates
whatever does get through. Hence
R/C operation has become virtually
problem-free.
How DSS works
Direct sequence spread spectrum,
also known as “direct sequence code
February 2009 35
Fig.1: a spectrum analyser display of the 16 2.4GHz channels used in America.
The Australian band allocation is a little different.
division multiple access” (DS-CDMA)
or DSSS, is the basis for CDMA cellphones and 802.11 wireless transmissions. It multiplies the data bits by a
very fast pseudo-random bit pattern
(PN sequence) that “spreads” the data
into a large coded stream that takes the
full bandwidth of the channel.
DSSS is one of two approaches
to spread spectrum modulation for
digital signal transmission over the
airwaves. A data signal at the point
of transmission is combined with a
higher data-rate bit sequence (also
known as a chipping code) that divides
the data according to a spreading ratio.
The redundant chipping code helps
the signal resist interference and also
enables the original data to be recovered if data bits are damaged during
transmission.
Direct sequence contrasts with the
other spread spectrum process, known
as frequency hopping spread spectrum
or frequency hopping code division
multiple access (FH-CDMA), in which
a broad slice of the bandwidth spectrum is divided into many possible
broadcast frequencies. In general,
frequency-hopping devices use less
power and are cheaper but the performance of DS-CDMA systems is usually
better and more reliable.
Frequency Hopping Spread Spectrum (FHSS) continuously changes the
centre frequency of a conventional carrier several times per second according
to a pseudo-random set of channels,
while chirp spread spectrum changes
the carrier frequency. Because a fixed
frequency is not used, illegal monitoring of spread spectrum signals is
extremely difficult, if not impossible,
depending on the particular method.
Essentially, spread spectrum is a
system in which the data is transmitted across a wide portion of the band
or transmitted on a range of frequencies so that interference on one or
more frequencies will not degrade
the overall system performance to
any great extent. This method can be
used to make transmissions more secure, reduce interference and improve
bandwidth sharing.
DSS systems used in the R/C industry can be divided into two categories:
Frequency Hopping Spread Spectrum
(FHSS) and Direct Sequence Spread
Spectrum (DSSS).
R/C modellers are allowed to use a
portion of the 2.4GHz band known as
the ISM band (Industrial, Scientific
and Medical), along with a myriad of
other applications such as WiFi, video
transmitters and portable telephones.
The allocated ISM band may be divided up arbitrarily by each manufacturer
in order to suit their own purposes and
it is this fact that makes describing the
typical DSS system so difficult.
Advantages of FHSS
This polar response diagram shows
two complete orbits of the model – an
ideal pass with a perfectly circular
response and a slightly heart-shaped
response indicating some form of receiver antenna shading in the model.
36 Silicon Chip
There are five main advantages of
FHSS:
(1) 2.4GHz band: this frequency is 68
times higher than the 36MHz radios
currently used to fly model aircraft
in Australia. This in turn allows the
use of much smaller antennas on the
receiver and higher gain antennas on
the transmitter. The high frequency
insures that we will not have interference from a 36MHz model radio
control transmitter that may be near
or on the flying site.
(2) Frequency Hopping: the transmitter
and receiver are constantly changing
channels by a predetermined pseudorandom sequence, through up to 75
channels to avoid interference from
natural or man-made radio frequency
interference. For example, if channel
12 has interference on it, the system
would only be on that channel for such
a short time that the pilot would not
even notice a glitch of the controls.
(3) Unique Spread Code: if a second
FHSS transmitter is transmitting on
the same 2.4GHz band and even using the exact same set of frequencies,
the spread code (hopping sequence)
would have to be identical as well as
time sequence matched to the first system in order to cause interference.
(4) Unique Addressing: each DSS transmitter and receiver pair use unique
addressing that is assigned to only
that transmitter and any receiver that
is bound to it.
(5) Digital Data Format: the control
data that is sent over this type of system is true digital data and is for all
practical purposes immune to outside
interference (in the manner that we
use this system). Even if a second
FHSS transmitter was transmitting on
the same 2.4GHz band with the same
hopping sequence, the servo decoder
board would still have to receive the
exact same digital data in the correct
format before any of the servos would
move.
Provided the hopping speed is relatively high, the FHSS system offers a
very high level of protection and has
proven quite successful out on the
model fields.
Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum
Depending on the manufacturer’s
specifications, DSSS divides the allocated 2.4GHz band into a number of
discrete channels. It then selects one
of these discrete channels and spreads
the data across that individual channel. This channel selection may be a
fixed selection set by the manufacturer
or a dynamic selection after a band
search, depending upon the design
of the system.
The Zigbee 2.4GHz RF module used
in Dave Jones’ Infinity radio uses 12
channels. Each channel is identified
with its own unique ID number. Each
of the direct sequence channels has
65,534 unique network addresses
siliconchip.com.au
available called the Personal Area
Network (PAN ID or chipping code),
represented in hex code as 0000 - FFFF.
Address FFFF is set aside as a unique
address for use during the binding
process. This address will never be
used in a system for flying – it is only
used for the binding process.
In the binding process, it is necessary to set the transmitter and receiver
to a common RF channel and a common set of codes. These codes consist
of the channel ID number, PAN Address Number, Receiver Destination
Address, Transmitter Source Address
and the Transmitter’s Serial Number.
This makes it possible for an unmatched Tx/Rx pair to communicate
during the binding process. This
process sets both the transmitter and
the receiver to a particular RF channel, PAN address and pre-determined
destination and source addresses. It
also sets the receiver to the transmitter’s serial number to get them comminicating.
After communication is established
on the set-up channel, the transmitter
then transmits to the receiver its own
configuration codes that are factory
preset. From this point on the Tx/
Rx pair are bound via a unique set of
codes and will no longer accept data
from any other source.
As an illustration of just how secure
this system is, let’s say that there are12
RF channels that we can use and that
each of the four addresses is 16-bit.
A 16-bit number can be represented
as 0000-FFFF in hex or 0-65,535 in
decimal. If we set aside one address
from each of the four address blocks for
binding, as stated earlier in this article,
then we have four unique addresses
that will range from 0000-FFFE in hex
or 0-65,534 decimal. From here we can
do the maths and determine just how
many unique combinations of address
and RF channels we can have, ie:
RF Channel x PAN x Destination
Address x Source Address x Tx Serial
Number = 12 x 65,534 x 65,534 x 65,534
x 65,534 = 221,333,908,523,675,812,032.
In operation, the receiver is constantly looking for data assigned only
to its destination address. To be valid,
this data must contain the PAN ID, the
Destination Address the Source Address and the correct Serial Number
of the transmitter that the receiver has
been bound to. Thus, it is immediately
obvious that this is a very secure system indeed.
siliconchip.com.au
This view shows the Xtreme Link receiver installed in an autopilot housing.
Note the tidy lead arrangement.
The Silvertone autopilot
unit with the Xtreme Link
receiver.
However, that is not the full story.
The magical aspect of DSSS is that
when noise is received by the receiver
along with the transmitted data, it gets
compressed out of existence when the
data is decoded and recovered. Because the noise is in real time and the
data is expanded across the spectrum,
when the data is compressed back to
normal the noise simply disappears.
Thus, a DSSS system can pull signal
out from below the noise floor. It is
here that the DSSS system outshines
the FHSS system.
Operating 2.4GHz R/C systems
While 2.4GHz DSS R/C systems are
great, they do have some new problems
and pitfalls. The very high operating
frequency has the most far-reaching
ramifications. At this frequency, any
metal object close to the 26.1mm long
antenna can be a hazard. Any relatively large mass of metal or carbon fibre
will act as a shield, reflector, director
or absorbing element at these frequencies. Even the paint used on the model
can function as an antenna shield and
so some receivers allow the antenna
to be mounted outside the fuselage of
the model.
Some manufacturers of R/C equipment also combat this problem with
dual-diversity reception, as is now
common in WiFi equipment. A diversity set-up allows antennas to
be positioned at various locations
around the fuselage (providing space
diversity) and at different polarisation
orientations. In this way, at least one
February 2009 37
The Futaba 9C transmitter with the
Xtreme Link 2.4GHz DSSS module in
place of the 36MHz module. Note the
small rubber duck antenna.
receiver can clearly decode data from
the transmitter at any time. If using a
non-diversity set-up (ie, single receiver), the placement of any conductive
objects around the antenna becomes
far more critical.
The author recently came across a
photo of a 2.4GHz DSS dual diversity
installation with figures quoted for
the “circular walk-around” (polar diagram) that were very poor. They varied
from 86 metres on the lefthand side of
the model to 140 metres on the right
handside, top 118 metres and bottom
137 metres, giving an overall range
variation of up to 61% worst case.
A glance at the installation immediately showed why the results were
so poor. The installation featured
long metal pushrods passing over the
receiver, a badly placed switch harness with long unsecured leads and
an antenna coax that ran in parallel
to the servo and battery leads.
To cap it all off, the receiver was
stuck to the floor of the model with
double-sided sticky tape! In a power
model, this is one way that’s certain
to destroy your receiver. Engine vibration is a killer and even surface-mount
components will eventually succumb
if the vibration level is high enough.
Other measures
2.4GHz signals are also seriously
affected by water in all of its forms
so be aware that conditions on flying
fields will vary from day to day and
hour by hour. Wet trees will kill the
38 Silicon Chip
signal, so do not fly behind trees even
for a brief instant.
When installing the receiver in the
model keep any metal, carbon fibre or water at least 50mm away
from the receiver antenna. Water
ballast tanks in gliders, for example, would pose a real threat if
near the receiver’s antenna.
Any aileron or flap leads dropping into the aircraft’s radio compartment present a particular problem, so take special care that any
such leads do not move close to the
antenna during flight. All leads must
be kept well away from the receiver’s
antenna but the aileron and flap leads
on high-wing models pose a particular
threat. These are difficult to secure in
such a way that the leads remain in
place while fitting or removing the
wing. Thus, they can move close to
the receiver’s antenna when securing
the wing onto the model and this can
go unnoticed.
While on the issue of metal near
2.4GHz antennas, the author also
removes the carrying handle from
the transmitter as well as the original
36MHz telescopic antenna. The Assan
manual, for example, states that it is
not necessary to remove the 36MHz
antenna but it is a little contradictory
to state that metal should not be placed
near the receiver’s antenna whilst
completely ignoring large masses of
metal near the transmitter’s antenna.
In contrast, Extreme Link does recommend removing the 36MHz transmitter
antenna.
The rest of the installation follows
normal model aircraft procedure but
it is recommended that all leads be
lashed down to the receiver case
with a cable tie or insulation tape to
prevent any leads straying close to the
receiver’s antenna.
Range testing
Once installation is complete, it is
time for a range test with the transmitter antenna completely removed.
In keeping with all radio receivers, the higher the receiver antenna
is off the ground, the greater the
range that will be achieved. Thus,
it is important that the receiver’s
antenna should be set at a constant
height from the ground during all
range tests. Placing the model on
a table, for example, delivers good
range and also more repeatability in
range testing from week to week as
it isolates the antenna from ground
moisture that will vary with weather
conditions. With the Assan receiver in
a small 1.5m high wing model sitting
on the ground, a ground range of approximately 60-75 paces is typical.
Then comes the most important test
of all – a “circular walk-around” the
model. This test is to verify that there
are no weak spots in the radiation pattern of the system and in particular,
that there are no metal masses blocking
the signal path inside the model.
First, place the model on the ground
or table and with the transmitter on
(in low-power mode, if available)
and with the transmitter’s antenna removed, walk to the nose of the model.
That done, face the model with the
transmitter held at waist height and
the antenna stub pointing towards
the model.
Now walk backwards from the
model while operating the controls.
Continue to walk out from the model
until the servos start to move in a
jerky manner, indicating a loss of data
packets due to a weak signal. Move in
towards the model until solid control
is resumed and note the distance.
Now walk around the model in a
circle with the antenna stub always
pointing towards the model and at the
same distance from the model. Note
any weak points in the circle where
it is necessary to move closer in to
maintain solid control. Ideally, you
should get a perfectly circular polar
pattern.
If the pass is not circular, then rearrange the receiver installation, paying particular attention to the points
listed above. Continue to retest until
a circular pattern is obtained.
Considering the very low output
power of the average 2.4GHz DSS
system, the range obtained is excellent. For example, when range testing
the Assan system with the transmitter
antenna fitted, range was measured at
1.3km on the ground at Waikerie (in
South Australia) with the receiver on
a small cardboard box 300mm high
and fitted with a 6V battery pack. It
was not possible to take the transmitter
out further due to limitations imposed
by the terrain, so range was not tested
beyond this point. The green valid
data LED was solid green at this range,
indicating good signal lock.
Battery packs
Even when operating 36MHz sets,
siliconchip.com.au
battery packs are the main source of
failures. With 2.4GHz DSS systems,
battery packs are even more important.
In the early days, DSS systems suffered badly from voltage fold-back due
to the cut-off voltage on the front end
being set too high by the manufacturers. This has largely been overcome
by dropping the voltage cut-off point
down to 2.8V or thereabouts. However
even now there are still mysteries surrounding the voltage supply to DSS
receivers.
Tests were conducted on an Assan
link receiver using a variable voltage
power supply with adjustable current
limiting. This receiver is interesting
in that the manufacturer provides a
large electrolytic capacitor fitted with
a servo plug and it is recommended
that this capacitor be plugged into a
spare channel on the receiver.
In a series of tests, seven servos of
various types, including one digital,
were fitted to an Assan X8R receiver.
Servo channel eight was kept clear for
the electrolytic capacitor. This was
not fitted for the first test. With the
servos cycling on at least four channels constantly, the supply voltage was
dropped gradually until the receiver
stopped working at 2.4V.
The test was then repeated leaving the voltage set at 5V while the
current limit was gradually reduced
to simulate a battery that could not
supply the necessary current. While
there was no apparent (or noticeable)
variation in the voltmeter, the servos
started to slow down and behave erratically. The current limit was then
further reduced until the receiver lost
lock and the LED started flashing red/
green. This test was then repeated but
this time with the capacitor fitted to
channel 8. This time the receiver did
not lose lock even though some of the
servos stopped working. The effect of
the capacitor was very beneficial in
stopping receiver lock out.
The above tests indicate that the
internal impedance of the battery is
an important factor in receiver operation and a series of antenna-off range
checks were carried out with the same
receiver to verify this observation.
The range was found to faithfully
track the battery capacity, with the
higher capacity battery packs delivering a better result. In other words,
performance is more in line with
battery capacity than battery voltage.
siliconchip.com.au
The two Extreme Link modules. Note the single
antenna on top of the receiver (right). The
receiver’s antenna must be kept clear of metallic
objects at all times.
The east-west static display line at the
Dalby “fly in” (Queensland).
Considering that the Assan receiver
works down to 2.7V, it is better to use
a larger capacity 4.8V battery than a
smaller 6V battery.
Flying experience
Non-diversity systems have been
flown extensively in several locations
in the USA, NSW and, on several occasions, in Dalby, Queensland. One
system was also tested in Waikerie,
South Australia. During these tests,
the systems behaved flawlessly with
absolutely no adverse events of any
kind.
The Dalby tests included two days
of flying with a very large gathering of
models at the official opening of the
new Dalby Club field. Aerial off range
tests were carried out throughout the
day with up to seven 2.4GHz systems
operating at the same time. No reductions in range, glitching or interference were noted. Flights with many
2.4GHz systems of various brands
operating simultaneously were again
free of any interference, glitching or
any untoward event.
Never at any time has a single nondiversity receiver – whether Assan,
Xtreme or Infinity – ever shown any
tendency to glitch or behave erratically
when fitted into five different models, on many busy club and display
days.
From the tests, it is clear that the
causes of many of the failures of
2.4GHz systems of all brands revolve
around receiver installation, antenna
shading and battery problems. I can
only say that I am most impressed
with the DSS system and look forward to some very interesting times
in the future with who knows what
equipment.
Acknowledgement: my thanks to Dave
Jones for his invaluable input in exSC
plaining DSSS systems.
February 2009 39
IMPROVED UNIVE
MOTOR SPEED CO
This latest speed controller can be used with power tools and
appliances rated up to 10A. It is suitable for use with brush-type
universal motors such as those in small lathes, electric drills, grass
trimmers, circular saws, routers, nibblers and jigsaws.
By John Clarke
A
Speed Controller published in October
Because this speed controller does
lthough there are countless
2002. It is housed a larger diecast case,
not apply full power to the motor at
battery-powered and 230VAC
not only making it easier to build but
any of its settings, it cannot provide
power tools with inbuilt speed
also providing for the increased heat
speed control up to full speed. That
controls these days, there is still a need
dissipation which comes from its
is why we have incorporated a 10A
for a stand-alone speed controller.
uprating to suit 10A universal motors.
bypass switch, to enable full speed
Apart from power tools, many appliwithout unplugging the appliance
ances need to have their motor speed
Speed control range
from the speed control.
reduced.
The speed controller will enable
Some power tools and appliances
In fact, we are constantly being suryou to set the motor speed over a wide
don’t run smoothly at very low speeds
prised by the range of uses that readers
range, from about 80% of full speed
when run from this type of phase
have for this type of speed control.
at low loads, down to a very slow
control circuit. They sometimes disApart from drills and circular saws,
rate, depending on the motor and its
play a behaviour known as “cogging”
a speed control is particularly useful
gearing.
whereby they run in short bursts.
for controlling routers and jigsaws
So the practical miniwhen cutting materials such as plastics
mum speed for any apthat will melt
pliance motor depends
when cutting at
WARNING!
VAC mains
230
the
from
ctly
on its freedom from
high speed.
dire
s
rate
ope
uit
(1) This Speed Controller circ
know exactly what
you
ss
unle
cogging. This will deOther items
it
d
buil
not
Do
al.
leth
lly
supply and is potentia
CIRCUIT WHILE IT IS
THE
pend on the design of
that can benefit
OF
T
PAR
ANY
CH
TOU
NOT
DO
you are doing.
its
ide
outs
uit
circ
the
rate
the particular motor but
from speed conope
not
do
PLUGGED INTO A MAINS OUTLET and
.
case
the
onto
in general we can state
trol are hobby
wed
scre
lid
the
earthed metal case or without
that the cheaper the aplathes that use
motors or shaded pole
pliance, the less likely
sewing machine
ction
indu
with
use
for
ble
suita
not
is
(2) This circuit
d”.
rolle
cont
it will run smoothly at
motors, food mixbe
can
ors
motors used in fans – see “What mot
very low speeds.
ers when the intype” (series wound)
sh
“bru
l
Another factor that
built speed conersa
univ
with
used
be
(3) This circuit must only
limits
the minimum
trol has failed and
.
10A
to
up
gs
ratin
te
epla
motors with nam
speed at which an apgrass trimmers
pliance can be run is
that constantly
be operated at low speeds for long
Power tools with inbuilt fans must not
(4)
age.
dam
r
that most universal
break the Nylon
suffe
and
heat
over
may
periods, otherwise they
motors have an inbuilt
line when used at
tric
elec
or
ps
lam
to
er
fan for cooling.
full speed.
pow
the
rol
cont
(5) This circuit must not be used to
Energy
NSW
the
of
ns
Below certain speeds
The circuit is
latio
regu
the
ne
rave
radiators. To do so would cont
that
fan is largely inefa revised version
es.
oriti
auth
gy
ener
Authority and other state
fective, so there is no
of the popular 5A
40 Silicon Chip
siliconchip.com.au
ERSAL
ONTROLLER (MkII)
Our new Universal Motor Speed Controller, shown here with a typical application – an older power drill which doesn’t
have its own speed controller – will handle nameplate ratings up to 10A and has good low-end performance.
cooling at all. This should be considered if you want to use an electric
drill as a power screwdriver with this
control.
By all means, use it as a screwdriver
but only for short periods – or run the
risk of overheating and burning out
the motor.
At mid settings of the speed control,
the circuit gives good speed regulation.
This means that the circuit slightly
increases the applied voltage to com-
pensate if the motor is loaded down.
Basic circuit operation
The speed controller circuit is very
similar in principle to the simple SCR
speed controls developed in the past,
10A FUSE
A
A
10k
5W
SCR
D2
230V
AC
INPUT
SPEED A
4.7 F
630V
VR1
2k
K
A
G
K
A
SBS1
2N4992
G
K
47nF
VR2
10k
1k
N
Fig.1: this simple SCR controller,
used extenFIG.1
sively in the past, has a number of drawbacks, including poor low-speed performance.
N
A1
GPO
N
A
1k
A
MOTOR
TRIAC
BTA41-600D
E
D1
1N4004
D1
siliconchip.com.au
D2
1N4004
VR1
10k
LIN
A
K
A2
150k
1W
K
D3
R250M
(6A/600V)
K
A
E
FIG.2
Fig.2: this more recent design
is signficantly better in
the performance department but one of its key components,
the Silicon Bilateral Switch, is now quite hard to obtain.
February 2009 41
This waveform shows the Speed Controller set for maximum output when driving a 1kW resistive load. Note that
the waveform is essentially a half-wave rectified sinewave
with an RMS value of 161V (70% of 230V) and a peak
value of 341V.
The same waveform superimposed on the 230VAC 50Hz
input (blue). Notice that there is a small voltage loss across
the Triac. The “flat-topping of both waveforms is due to
fluorescent and gas discharge lamps and switchmode
power supplies.
early in each AC half cycle, the power
an SCR except that it conducts for both
such as that shown in Fig.1.
fed to the motor will be relatively high.
positive and negative cycles of the AC
It is based around an SCR (Silicon
Conversely, if the SCR is turned on
waveform. This would provide the full
Controller Rectifier). When conductlate in each AC half cycle the power
range in speed control.
ing, an SCR is just like a diode; curfed to the motor will be relatively low
In fact, we are using a Triac in our rerent can flow in one direction but not
and hence the motor will run slowly.
vised circuit but it still only provides
the other. The difference between an
The trigger voltage for the SCR
conduction during one half cycle. The
SCR and a diode is that the SCR will
comes from VR1, a 2kΩ potentiometer
reason why we do not provide fullblock current in both directions unconnected in series with a 10kΩ resiswave control (ie, conduction on both
less driven into conduction with a
tor and diode D1. The potentiometer
positive and negative half cycles) is
gate signal.
is fed with half-wave rectified AC
that speed regulation would be lost.
Once it starts conducting, current
that is partly smoothed by the 4.7μF
The simple SCR circuit (and our
will flow from anode (A) to cathode
capacitor across it. The resulting ramp
revised version) gives speed regula(K) and it will stay conducting until
voltage from the wiper is fed to the
tion by monitoring the back-EMF from
the load current drops to zero. The
gate of the SCR via diode D2.
the motor. Back-EMF is the voltage
circuit must be used with AC voltage
developed by a motor that opposes
or half-wave pulsed DC for the SCR to
Speed regulation
the current through it. It is directly
be switched off. If the gate is triggered
Now you might be thinking we
proportional to speed, so at high motor
then the SCR will again conduct on
should use a Triac. This is similar to
speeds the back- EMF will be higher.
the next voltage cycle. Without the
This circuit monigate triggered the SCR will remain off.
tors the back-EMF in
Because the SCR is
the following way.
a switching device, it What motors can be controlled?
appliances use
ed power tools and small
One side of the motor
and
can be used as a very efr
tato
mu
com
a
Virtually all mains operat
h
wit
” motors
is connected directly
re
ficient power controller, “universal” motors. These are “series wound
atu
arm
to the fact that the motor
to the SCR’s cathode
run
carrying large amounts brushes. The “series wound” term refers
be
to
tor
and this allows the mo
while the other side
of current while itself and field windings are connected in series
l”.
is connected to the
do
dissipating relatively from AC or DC, hence the term “universa
how
So
.
ller
tro
con
d with this speed
use
be
not
st
mu
cathode of diode D1
s
ion
little power.
tor
uct
mo
ind
Induction
versal motor and not an
and to the mains
The circuit of Fig.1 you make sure that your appliance is a uni
Neutral wire.
s
controls the AC power motor?
she
bru
has
tor
the mo
can easily determine that
This means that
to the motor by triggering
tles
set
t
tha
In many power tools you
and
s
she
from the bru
the
gate-to-cathode
the
the SCR into conduction and a commutator – you can see sparks
m
fro
s, you can also get a clue
voltage applied to
at some point in each the matter. But if you can’t see the brushe
the SCR is the difpositive half-cycle of the nameplate or the instruction booklet.
uction motors used
induction motor? Most ind
ference between the
230VAC waveform. The
rs,
ste
bla
ter
So how do you identify an
wa
,
nes, fridges
d
wiper voltage from
fixe
SCR does not conduct at in domestic appliances (eg, washing machi
a
at
e
4-pole and always operat
VR1 and the backole
all during the negative AC swimming pool pumps) will be 2-pole or
4-p
a
for
1440 RPM
0 RPM for a 2-pole unit or
285
is
EMF generated by
this
half cycles.
lly
ica
Typ
ed.
spe
induction motors.
the motor, if we
If the SCR is turned on unit. Bench grinders typically use 2-poIe
42 Silicon Chip
siliconchip.com.au
This waveform shows the Speed Controller set for maximum output when driving an electric drill. Notice that
there is considerable hash at the beginning of each positive
half-cycle, caused by interaction between the drill’s
commutator and the Triac.
ignore the voltage drop across diode
D2.
Actually, in so-called universal
motors (AC/DC series motors with
commutators and brushes), there are
two back-EMFs.
The first is a function of motor speed
and the remanent magnetism of the
field coils. It is generated during the
time when the SCR is not conducting,
ie, during the negative half cycles of
the AC waveform and during the first
portion of the positive half cycles
before the SCR conducts.
The second back-EMF is generated
during the time when the SCR is conducting and there will now be current
flowing in the field coils (and also in
the armature). This back-EMF will be
higher than the first.
Now set for a lower speed from the electric drill, the Triac
is on for a shorter time and the RMS value of the waveform
is considerably reduced to 45V. Note the frequency error
which is caused by hash on the waveform and the fact that
the Triac triggering is more erratic.
We are only concerned with the
back-EMF generated while the SCR is
not conducting since it is this voltage
which determines how late or early in
each positive half cycle that the SCR
begins conduction.
In our circuit, the back-EMF from
the motor applies negative feedback
to the gate of the SCR. Say a particular
motor speed is set by VR1and then the
motor speed tends to drop because of
an increase in loading.
This reduces the motor back-EMF
and therefore increases the voltage
at the gate the SCR. More correctly,
it means that the trigger voltage for
the SCR gate will exceed the voltage at the SCR cathode earlier in the
positive half-cycle and hence more
power will be applied to the motor.
This will tend to correct the drop in
motor speed. Speed regulation is not
perfect but it’s better than having no
speed regulation at all.
Better circuit
The basic circuit of Fig.1 has a
number of drawbacks. First, the total
power dissipation through the 10kΩ
resistor is about 2W which means
that it gets rather hot. Second, even
though the current through the 10kΩ
resistor and VR1 is relatively high, it
is not sufficient for reliable triggering
of higher power SCRs. And third, the
circuit is not particularly good at very
low speed settings.
A much better circuit is shown in
Fig.2 which was published in SILICON
CHIP in September 1992. Instead of
End-shots of the Speed
Controller case showing
the fused IEC mains input
connector (left), while
the shot at right shows
the output socket and the
controlled/full speed switch.
Case and lid drilling details
are shown on page 48.
siliconchip.com.au
February 2009 43
A
F1
10A
IEC
MALE
SOCKET
100k
1W
SPEED VR1
CONTROL 10k
LIN
D2 1N4004
A
SCR1
BT169D
(MCR100)
G
A1
(BOX)
S1
A
CONTROLLED
N
E
(BOX)
1k
47nF
CAUTION!
K
A
ALL COMPONENTS AND
WIRING IN THIS CIRCUIT
OPERATE AT MAINS POTENTIAL.
CONTACT COULD BE LETHAL.
K
D3
STTH3012W
(30A/1200V)
D1
1N4004
A
BT169D
1N4004
STTH3012W
G
K
A
SC 10A
TRIAC1
BTA41-600BRG
(40A/600V)
GPO
10A
FULL SPEED
2.2k
A
N
2009
G
100
K
A
47k
VR2
10k
E
K
A2
K
UNIVERSAL MOTOR SPEED CONTROLLER
K
A
BTA41-600BRG
K
A1
A2
G
Fig.3: here’s our new Universal Motor Speed Controller which has good low-end speed performance and speed regulation
but is based on components that are easy to obtain. As a bonus, its rating has doubled to a nameplate rating of 10A.
an SCR, it uses a Triac and instead of
feeding the gate directly from VR1 we
have used a trigger circuit consisting
of a silicon bilateral switch (SBS1) and
a 47nF capacitor.
As mentioned above, while the
Triac is capable of conducting on both
positive and negative half-cycles of the
230V AC 50Hz waveform, this circuit
only enables it to trigger on positive
half cycles, because of the rectifier
action of diode Dl.
The SBS is a voltage break-over
device and at voltages below its breakover point it is essentially open circuit
but once the break-over voltage is
reached, it conducts. The 47nF capacitor charges up from VR1 via diode D2
until it reaches the break-over voltage
of about 8V.
At this point the SBS dumps the
capacitor’s charge into the Triac’s gate
to trigger it into conduction and the
cycle repeats for the next positive half
cycle of the mains AC waveform.
The energy stored in the capacitor is
quite enough to trigger even insensitive Triacs; hence we were able to use a
high power 40A device in this circuit.
In this circuit, the motor back-EMF
acts to reduce the charging voltage to
the 47nF capacitor rather than reducing the SCR gate voltage as in Fig.1.
Although the circuit arrangement is
a little different, the speed regulation
is just as good as Fig.1. The circuit
efficiency is improved as well, with
only 200mW being dissipated in the
150kΩ resistor that feeds VR1. This
resistor has a rating of 1W to ensure
44 Silicon Chip
that it has an adequate voltage rating
to withstand the full 230VAC.
The functions of the three diodes
in the circuit need to be explained.
Diode D1 is there to reduce the power
dissipation of the series resistor string
and to ensure half-wave operation
of the circuit. D2 is there to protect
the gate of the Triac when it is in the
conducting state – terminal A1 can be
above the potential of the gate.
Diode D3 has been included as a
flyback diode to quench the large inductive spike generated by the motor
at the end of each positive half cycle.
While the voltage spike does not cause
any damage to the circuit, it does have
the effect of disrupting the back-EMF
monitoring system described above.
Trimpot VR2, connected in series with
VR1, is there to provide a minimum
speed setting for the circuit.
One question we have not answered
so far is why we specified a high current Triac instead of an equivalently
rated SCR. The reason is quite simple. The Triac is half the price of an
equivalent SCR.
The 600V 40A rating is so that it can
withstand the “locked rotor” current
of any power tool with a nameplate
rating of up to 10A. Note that a “locked
rotor” condition – eg, when a drill
or power saw jams or stalls in the
work – will probably blow the 10A
fuse but the 40A Triac should not be
damaged.
Another reason for using the 600V
40A Triac is that it is an isolated tab
device. This means that it can be
attached directly to the metal case
without any need for a mica washer
or other means of insulation.
Revised circuit
The circuit of our new 10A Speed
Controller is shown in Fig.3. As already mentioned, this is a revised version of the design we featured in the
September & November 1992 issues
and later in the October 2002 issue.
Our new circuit replaces the SBS
with a sensitive-gate SCR (SCR1) and
this provides the same capacitor dump
function as the SBS. The SCR was
chosen instead of the SBS because the
SBS is now difficult to obtain.
The 47kΩ and 2.2kΩ resistors form
a voltage divider between the anode
and cathode of the SCR, with the divided voltage applied to the gate. The
SCR conducts when the gate voltage
reaches 0.6V and is triggered by a mere
200μA of gate current.
Because of the resistive divider,
the voltage across SCR1 must rise to
some 13.4V before the gate reaches
the 0.6V sufficient to trigger the SCR.
When the SCR fires, the charge on
the 47nF capacitor is dumped, via
the 100Ω resistor, into the gate of the
Triac to fire it.
Switch S1 bypasses the Triac so
that the motor gets the full 230V AC
applied to it. Note that the switch must
be a changeover type to select either
Active or the Triac A1 output rather
than just using a single switch across
the Triac. In the latter case, there
would be a short circuit when diode
siliconchip.com.au
VR2
VR2
K
K
A
A
N
N NEUTRAL OUT
SCR1
SCR1
100
100
TOM
TNCORC
ORTOM
TNRO
LORLO
A1
A1
A2
A2
G
G
D3
D3
1k 1k
47k47k
TO POT
TO POT
2.2k
2.2k
40044004
D2D2
D1D1
NEUTRAL N
IN
NEUTRAL N
IN
40044004
100k 1W
100k 1W
47nF
47nF
A
A
TRIAC1
(UNDER
BOARD:
TRIAC1
SEE BELOW)
(UNDER
BOARD:
SEE BELOW)
1901290012001101
ACTIVEAIN
ACTIVEAIN
TO FULL/CONTROLLED
SWITCH
TO FULL/CONTROLLED
SWITCH
NEUTRAL OUT
Fig.4 (top): the PC board component overlay. Note that the Triac mounts under
the board, flat side down, with its legs bent up 90° through the board.
ANODE
LEAD
ANODE
LEAD
SOLDER
SOLDER
D3
D3
M3 x 10mm
SCREW
M3
x 10mm
SCREW
M3 NUT
M3 NUT
PC
BOARD
PC
BOARD
STAR LOCK
WASHERS
STAR
LOCK
WASHERSBOX
BOX
SOLDER
SOLDER
6mm
6mm
Fig.5 shows the mounting arrangement for both the Triac and the
power diode. Only the anode of the diode solders to the PC board.
D3 conducts on negative half-cycles
of the 240V AC mains.
Construction
All the components of the 10A
Speed Controller are mounted on a PC
board coded 10102091 and measuring
79 x 38mm. It is housed in a diecast
box measuring 120 x 92 x 57mm.
Begin the construction of the 10A
Speed Controller by checking the PC
board against the published pattern.
There should not be any shorts or
breaks between tracks. If there are,
repair these as necessary. Use the
overlay diagram of Fig.4 as a guide
when assembling the PC board and
Fig. 5 to complete the wiring inside
the case.
TRIAC1
TRIAC1
M3 NUT
M3 NUT
M3 x 10mm
SCREW
M3
x 10mm
SCREW
Start assembly by soldering in the
PC stakes to the external wiring connection points on the PC board (shown
as black dots on the overlay). Then
insert the resistors, using the table on
P47 as a guide to the values. It’s always
a good idea to also check their values
with a digital multimeter as some
colour bands, particularly oranges,
browns and reds, can sometimes be
mistaken for each other. The 47nF
capacitor can be installed next.
Neither the resistors nor capacitor
are polarised but the diodes certainly
are, so when inserting them, take
care with their orientation. D1 and
D2 mount in the conventional way
but D3 is a larger (TO-220 case) type
which is mounted quite differently.
Parts List - 10A Universal
Motor Speed Controller
1 PC board coded 10102091,
79 x 38mm
1 diecast box, 115 x 90 x 57mm
(Jaycar HB-5064 or equivalent)
1 panel label, 119 x 56mm
1 flush-mount mains socket (Jaycar PS-4090 or equivalent)
1 IEC male input socket with integral 10A M205 fast blow fuse
1 IEC mains lead (moulded 3-pin
plug to IEC socket)
1 DPDT 10A 250V rocker switch
(S1) (Jaycar SK-0981 or
equivalent)
1 10kΩ linear 24mm potentiometer, 250VAC rated (VR1)
1 knob for potentiometer
2 crimp eyelets or solder lugs for
earth connection
4 6mm Nylon spacers
2 M3 x 15mm screws
1 M3 x 10mm screw
1 M3 x 10mm csk head screw
8 M3 x 6mm screws
4 3mm star washers
3 M3 nuts
4 stick-on rubber feet
1 200mm length of blue 10A
250VAC wire
1 200mm length of brown 10A
250VAC wire
7 100mm long cable ties
1 120mm length of 5mm
heatshrink tubing
1 40mm length of 8mm
heatshrink tubing
7 PC stakes
Semiconductors
1 BTA41-600BRG Triac
(TRIAC1)
1 BT169D or MCR100 sensitive
gate SCR (SCR1 )
2 1N4004 1A 400V diodes
(D1,D2)
1 STTH1512D 15A 1200V diode
(D3)
Capacitors
1 47nF 63V MKT polyester (code
473 or 47n)
The case before the
label was applied. Obviously
a countersunk-head screw would be a
better choice for the lid earth termination.
siliconchip.com.au
Resistors (0.25W 1%)
1 100kΩ 1W 5%
1 47kΩ
1 2.2kΩ
1 1kΩ 1 100Ω
1 10kΩ horizontal 5mm trimpot
(code 103) (VR2) (Jaycar RT4360 or equivalent)
February 2009 45
Only the anode (A) lead solders to
the PC board; the cathode connection is made using the metal tab to
physically connect to the PC board
track using a screw, nut and star
washer as shown in Fig.5. In fact,
you should cut off the cathode (K)
lead on the left of the package before
mounting it.
Make sure you insert SCR1 into
the PC board correctly, otherwise
the circuit won’t work. Note that
in a kit you may be supplied with a
BT169D or MCR100 – pinouts and
mounting are the same. VR2 can also
be installed at this stage.
The Triac is mounted on the underside of the PC board with its leads
protruding up through the holes in
the PC board. Bend the leads up 90°
so that the copper side of the PC
board is 6mm away from the back
of the Triac body, as shown in Fig.5.
Short (~3mm) lengths of Triac leads
should emerge from the top of the
PC board. Bend these back down flat
onto the PC board.
Putting it together
Temporarily place the PC board
into the case and mark out the positions for the mounting holes for the
four standoffs and for the Triac and
the earth lug screw. Check these
against Fig.8 – this diagram shows
the hole positions for both the PC
board and Triac.
Because the positioning of the
Triac could easily be a couple of millimetres different to our prototype,
it is probably best to mark and drill
out the four corner holes for the PC
board first. Then position the PC
board within the box and mark out
the hole position for the Triac. The
hole for the Triac must be de-burred
with a larger drill or countersinking
bit before it is secured in place.
Fig.8 also shows the holes and
locations for the fused IEC socket,
mains output socket (GPO) and DPDT
switch on the ends of the case and for
the lid-mounted components. These
This photo matches the component overlay at right. Follow the photo and
diagram exactly – especially the earth wiring, heatshrink tubing and cable ties.
These are all very important for your safety.
must be cut out accurately to avoid any
“slop” in these components. This is
particularly important for the DPDT
switch (S1), which is a snap-in type.
Only one side, or pole, of switch
S1 is used. This is simply because we
were unable to find a suitably-rated
SPDT switch. Don’t be tempted to
substitute a lower-rated switch for
S1 because it has to be able to switch
mains voltages at a high current.
All hole locations have been positioned so as to ensure adequate clear-
RESISTOR COLOUR CODES
p
p
p
p
p
No. Value 4-Band Code (1%)
5-Band Code (1%)
1 100kΩ brown black yellow gold (5%)
1 47kΩ yellow violet orange brown yellow violet black red brown
1 2.2kΩ red red red brown
red red black brown brown
1
1kΩ brown black red brown
brown black black brown brown
1 100Ω brown black brown brown
brown black black black brown
46 Silicon Chip
ance between the wire connections
and component terminals and to the
sides of the case.
If using a different case, ensure
you allow a 6mm clearance between
any two Active or Neutral terminals
and between the case and a PC board
terminal and the case and switch
terminals.
For the same reason, you should
carefully check the solder (copper)
side of the PC board to ensure that all
component leads have been clipped off
very close to their solder joins.
Attach the PC board to the case
using Nylon standoffs and M3 x 15mm
screws. Nylon standoffs are essential
here, to preclude the possibility of
arcing from the PC board tracks to
the mounting screws.
Be sure to use metal screws for the
Triac and earth connections. Secure
the Triac to the case with a metal M3
siliconchip.com.au
N
N
IEC INPUT CONNECTOR
(WITH FUSE) MOUNTED
ON BOX END
CRIMP EYELET SECURED
TO BOX WITH M3 x 10mm
SCREW, NUT AND
STAR LOCKWASHER
E
A
A
GPO
NYLON
CABLE TIES
HEATSHRINK
SLEEVING
A
A
S1
19020101
N
A
LORTNOC ROTOM
E
UNDER
N
N
NYLON
CABLE TIES
PC BOARD
HEATSHRINK
SLEEVING
VR1
CRIMP EYELET SECURED
TO LID WITH M3 x 10mm
SCREW, NUT AND
STAR LOCKWASHER
(BOX LID)
Fig.6: the wiring diagram shows all components in place. While the IEC socket is
shown here “flat” for clarity, it is mounted vertically on the box end.
x 10mm screw and nut after applying
a smear of heatsink compound on the
mating surfaces. Note that the specified Triac is an insulated tab device
and does not require an insulating
washer.
If you are using a different Triac –
and we do not recommend that you
do – check that the metal tab is isolated from the A1, A2 and gate pins.
In addition check the data sheet for
that Triac to ensure it is an isolated
tab device.
Using a photocopy of the front panel
label as a guide to the positions, mark
out and drill the front panel for the
speed control pot (VR1) and earth
screw. Note that it is important to drill
Fig.7: full-size artwork for the front
panel. A photocopy of this can also be
used as a drilling template for VR1 –
but don’t forget the 3mm locating hole.
siliconchip.com.au
the 3mm hole for the locking tab on
the potentiometer to prevent it rotating inside the case should the pot nut
work loose over time.
Attach the mains input (IEC) and
output (GPO) sockets. Attach the
front panel label and solder the wiring between the PC board and the pot,
leaving enough length to enable the
lid to “fold back” for convenience.
Wiring must be done using 10A, 250V
AC-rated wire and heatshrink tubing
should be used over all PC stake connections, the switch terminations and
the IEC input socket.
The earth connections are made
using green/yellow mains wire. It
is important to follow the diagram
of Fig.6 and the photo alongside for
your safety.
You will note that two wires connect to the earth terminal on both
the IEC input socket and the output
socket. From the IEC input socket,
one goes directly to the metal case and
the other to the earth terminal of the
output socket. The second wire from
the output socket goes to the case lid.
The earth wires which connect to
the case and lid are crimped to eyelet
lugs and are secured to the case using
a metal screw, nut and star washer as
shown in Fig.8.
Even though it is unlikely that any of
the wiring can break off or move inside
the closed box, tie the wires together
with cable ties to prevent them breaking from their terminations.
SILICON
CHIP
www.siliconchip.com.au
230V
INPUT
230V - 10A CONTROLLED
MOTOR SPEED OUTPUT
CONTROLLER
Mk II
For universal-type
motors up to 10A
nameplate rating
O = CONTROLLED
I = FULL SPEED
Do NOT use
on induction or
shaded-pole motors
SPEED
Switch between modes
ONLY when motor
is not turning
February 2009 47
10
4mm
DIAMETER
7
28
10
27
22
7
6
20
DPDT
SWITCH
30
3.5mm
DIAMETER
15
3.5mm
DIAMETER
IEC SOCKET
AND FUSE
HOLDER
3-PIN
OUTLET
15.5
37
33mm
DIAMETER
BOX END
BOX END
3mm
DIAM
ALL HOLES
3mm DIAMETER
13
20
20
15
10
3mm
DIAM
10mm
DIAM
10
CL
70
10
10
30
10
12.5
BOX LID
BOX BASE
Fig.8: complete drilling and cutting details for the specified box and lid. These dimensions should be adhered to closely.
Finally, attach rubber feet to the base
of the case.
Testing
Note that all of the circuit is connected to the 230V AC mains supply
and is potentially lethal. Do not touch
any part of the circuit when it is
plugged into a mains outlet. Always
remove the plug from the mains before
48 Silicon Chip
touching the circuit. In particular this
applies to when making adjustments
to trimpot VR2, which you may need
to do to set the minimum speed.
Screw the lid onto the case and plug
in your favourite power tool. Switch to
the “O” (controlled) position and note
how it runs at the minimum setting of
VR1. If it runs well (ie, no cogging) then
VR2 could be set to make the motor run
slower. Disconnect the mains power
first before making an adjustment to
VR2 and then try the motor again when
the lid has been replaced.
You may then want to try other
power tools to get a compromise setting
for the trimpot.
SC
IMPORTANT: Do not operate the
circuit with the lid off the case.
siliconchip.com.au
Back to
WORK...
Back to
SCHOOL
February 2009
10A MOTOR SPEED
CONTROLLER KIT
Refer: Silicon Chip Magazine February 2009
Drill speed controllers are nothing new, and in spite
of the availability of variable speed power tools, there
is still a need for a stand-alone motor speed
controller. Apart from power tools, it's often
handy to be able to control the speed of
other 240V motors. Suitable for brush
motors up to 10A, the circuit is a revised
version of the popular 5A speed controller from
October 2002. Complete kit includes screenprinted case, PCB and all specified components.
You'll need a garden-variety IEC lead as well.
$
59 95
Cat: KC-5477
TEMPMASTER FRIDGE
CONTROLLER KIT MK II
Refer: Silicon Chip Magazine February 2009
Want to convert an old chest freezer into an
Convert an
energy-efficient fridge or beer keg fridge? Or
old fridge
into
a wine
convert a spare standard fridge into a wine
cooler
cooler? These are just two of the jobs this
low-cost and easy-to-build electronic
thermostat kit will do. It can also be used to
control 12V fridges or freezers, as well as heaters
in hatcheries and fish tanks. It controls the
fridge/freezer or heater directly via their power
cables, so there’s no need to modify the internal wiring.
$
95
Short-form kit contains PCB, sensor and all specified
components. You'll need to add your own 240V GPO,
Cat: KC-5476
switched IEC socket and case.
29
DIGITAL PEN AND
Just clip to any A4 sheet
NOTETAKER
of paper, start writing or drawing
and everything you enter will be captured
$
electronically. Two modes of operation: Mobile mode
Cat: XC-0355
allows you to take and store notes (up to 100 A4
pages) while away from your computer in
meetings, lectures or conferences or Online
mode, where you use it like a tablet PC
connected to your computers USB port.
Software included.
• Rechargeable battery
Attention
on receiver unit
students or
meeting
• Battery status indicator
notetakers
• Off-the-shelf ink refills
165
ETHANOL BIO FUEL
ENERGY KIT
Build your own desk fan and run it on your own bio-fuel!
Generate your own electricity from ethanol (ethyl alcohol)
using Direct Ethanol Fuel Cell technology. Bio
fuels are an alternative to fossil fuels as they are
generated from fermented plant matter.
The kit contains everything you need to get your
alternative fuel experiment off the ground, except the
ethanol itself. Just use a solution of denatured alcohol,
which is available from pharmacies, hardware stores or
chemical suppliers. Once you’ve made the fuel you can
put it to work running the desk top fan you assemble in
the kit. The kit includes Ethanol storage tank, tubing, purging
valve, supporting base, electric motor, wiring with crocodile
clips, fan blades, mixing container and pH measuring strips.
• Recommended for ages 12+
$
1500 Watt 12VDC to 230VAC
SATURDAY, 14TH FEBRUARY
Surprise Her With Some Desktop Bling
NEW STORE IN HALLAM
1, 261 Princes Hwy
Hallam Vic 3803
Ph 03 9796 4577
• 420(L) x 200(W) x 88(D)mm
• Weight: 4.2kg
2000 Watt 24VDC to 230VAC
• 520(L )x 200(W) x 88(D)mm
• Weight: 5.5kg Input
799
Cat: MI-5170
$
Cat: KT-2550
VALENTINES DAY!
This new range of pure sine wave inverters are
able to provide bundles of power in mobile and
permanent installations. They range in power from 1000 to 2000 watts and have been rigorously tested for
durability. In addition to the normal 240VAC outlet, all models have a USB port for powering all your gadgets.
Compact and lightweight, this range of sine wave inverters is suitable for any application where you want to run
sensitive equipment and the larger units can be used in permanent installations such as caravan, 4WD, camper or
even marine. Input connection on each unit are heavy duty screw terminals
Three new models available:
• 323(L) x 200(W )x 88(D)mm
• Weight: 3.2kg
199
DON’T FORGET
NEW PURE SINE WAVE INVERTERS
1000, 1500 & 2000 WATT
1000 Watt 12VDC to 230VAC
$
1,099
These pink and white
rhinestone desk
accessories are the
perfect gift to jazz up
the desk of the woman
who has everything.
With five different items
to choose from or get
her the whole set. All
items sold separately.
Calculator - Solar Powered
Stapler
Computer Mouse
USB Keyboard
USB Hub
GH-1892
GH-1894
GH-1890
GH-1899
GH-1898
$19.95
$16.95
$19.95
$54.95
$24.95
Checkout our website or ask in-store for
lots of other great gift ideas!
USB TURNTABLE
WITH BUILT-IN AMP
Copy your LPs, 45s or even 78s straight to your
PC, or simply listen to your record collection via
the built-in amp and speakers. Finished in
contemporary
white piano
finish with blue
LED accents.
• RCA line outputs
• USB cable and
software included
• Measures: 320(W)
x 265(D) x 85(H)mm
$
119
Cat: GE-4056
Cat: MI-5172
$
1,349
Cat: MI-5174
Free Call: 1800 022 888 for orders!
1
JAYCAR - EVERYTHING FOR THE
This quality kit
contains a soldering
iron with adjustable temp.
up to 580°, 25 to 125W
and various tips.
$
• Quality storage case.
• Cleaning sponge and tray.
139
Cat: TS-1328
Temperature Controlled Soldering
Station 200°C to 480°C
An effective yet simple soldering
station that features
a ceramic heating
element to
provide precise
temperature
control. The
soldering iron
weighs just
45 grams which
makes it ideal for
comfortable long
term use.
• Temperature Range: 200°C - 480°C
• Power consumption: 50W
• Operating voltage: 240VAC
• Control unit: 140mm long
All the
soldering
essentials
for the
hobbyist.
This kit represents excellent
value, the best in soldering we've
seen, anywhere. The sum of the individual parts amount to
more than double the price we are selling this kit for.
• 240V 20/130W soldering iron
with turbo boost switch
$
95
• Spare tip • Basic stand
Cat: TS-1651
• 1mm solder in dispenser tube
• Metal solder sucker with spare tip and O-ring
19
Stainless Steel Side Cutters
High quality small side cutters that
have thick (2mm) blades and
soft comfort plastic
spring loaded handles.
$
11 95
Cat: TH-1890
• 115mm long
Stainless Steel Long Nose Pliers
$
99
Cat: TS-1560
Made of high quality stainless steel, these
pliers have half round smooth gripping
jaws perfect for
adjusting and bending
components, picking
up dropped nuts etc.
• Comfortable spring loaded handles.
$
11 95
Cat: TH-1893
Trade Quality Screwdrivers
This handy set will fit the bill for all those microscopic
fasteners you come across in modern electronics.
The handles are colour coded for easy
identification & they come in a storage
case. The set contains:
• Slotted: 1mm, 1.4mm, 1.8mm, 2.4mm
• Phillips: #000, #00, #0, #1
$
95
• Torx: T5, T6,T7, T8
• Hex: 1.5mm, 2mm, 2.5mm
Cat: TD-2069
• Drivers: 105mm long
• Case size: 192(L) x 130(W) x 26(H)mm
22
1000V- 7 Piece Screwdriver Set
Flat Blade
Flat Blade
Flat Blade
Flat Blade
Flat Blade
Phillips
Phillips
Phillips
Phillips
2.5 x 75mm
3.0 x 100mm
5.5 x 125mm
6.5 x 150mm
8.0 x 175mm
#0 x 60mm
#1 x 80mm
#2 x 100mm
#3 x 150mm
$3.95
$4.50
$4.95
$5.95
$6.95
$3.95
$4.95
$5.95
$6.50
High quality, bright red drivers you can find easily. Insulated
right to the tip and rated to 1000V. Drive sizes:
Flat: 1.2x6.5x150mm, 1x5.5x125mm,
$
95
0.8x4x100mm, 0.6x3.5x75mm.
Phillips: #2 x
Cat: TD-2022
100mm,
#1 x 80mm,
#0 x 60mm.
Storage box.
19
DIGITAL MULTIMETERS
Cat II Autoranging DMM
This Cat II DMM is suitable for
voltages up to 600VAC and has
15mm high digits for
easy reference.
Features include:
$
19 95
Cat: QM-1524
• Overload protection
• 10A current
• Diode check
Supplied with:
• Rubber holster
• High quality leads
2
Cat II 4000 Count
Autoranging DMM
An excellent, accurate meter
that is Cat II rated. It features
diode, frequency and
capacitance test, duty cycle,
continuity, relative
measurement and includes
battery, probes and holster.
$
29 95
Cat: QM-1535
Very versatile! Ideal for brazing,
silver soldering, jewellery work,
heatshrinking, and a whole lot
more. It has an adjustable flame,
and is easily filled with
Butane gas.
$
39 95
Cat: TS-1660
Tools for your Trade
Here at Jaycar Electronics we are
firmly committed to supporting
young people and helping them
achieve their goal of following a
electrical trade or engineering
career. The joint Australian
Federal Government and the
Australian Apprenticeship
initiative also supports this
and provides an allowance of
up to $800 (including GST)
for qualified participants
to purchase
'Tools for your Trade'.
The employer of eligible Australian
Apprentices receives a voucher to the
value of $800 which can be presented to
any Jaycar store. Bring your voucher in and
our staff will be happy to help you find the
best tools for your trade.
For more information visit
www.toolsforyourtrade.com.au
15 Piece Micro Driver Set
These are some of the most comfortable screwdrivers we
have ever used. The ergonomic handles have a soft rubber
coating for a secure, comfortable grip that you can use for
hours on end. • All are TUV and GS approved and rated up
to 1kV. A size for every application.
• TD-2230
• TD-2231
• TD-2232
• TD-2233
• TD-2234
• TD-2235
• TD-2236
• TD-2237
• TD-2238
Piezo Ignition
Butane Gas Torch
Soldering Iron Starter Kit
Super
Pro Gas
Soldering
Tool Kit
Magnetic Wrist Tray
This simple yet ingenious wrist tray
will hold small steel screws,
washers, nuts, split pins, or other
steel items so you won't put them
down and lose them. The tray has
a Velcro strap and includes 2 x
Phillips and 2 x slotted driver bits
in their own storage slots.
$
11 95
Cat: TH-1971
Handy Magnet
Strip
Simplicity itself.
Just attach the handy
magnets to walls, tables
or other surfaces to hold
tools, brushes, scissors,
key rings, or any other
object that contains iron. You'll find
dozens of uses for this innovative
magnetic storage system.
Tools not included
$
14 95
Cat: LM-1624
DIGITAL MULTIMETERS
Cat III Multimeter
with Temperature
A budget priced meter with
everything you need - capacitance,
temperature and 10A on AC and
DC, compact and light weight with
rugged moulded case.
• Data hold
• Relative measurement
• Temperature: -20°C to
+760°C (±3%)
• Category: Cat III 600V
$
95
• Display: 4000 count
• Ave/RMS: Ave
Cat: QM-1323
• Case included
For full specs see website
34
Free Call: 1800 022 888 for orders! www.jaycar.com.au
DIY HANDYMAN OR WOMAN
Illuminated Gooseneck Magnifier
This handy hobbyist's magnifier has a 2X main magnifier
lens with 5X insert lens and 2 LED lights, all mounted on a
flexible arm. Can be
freestanding or
clamped to a surface
up to 38mm thick.
• Lens 110mm (dia.)
• Requires 3 x AAA
batteries
(SB-2333)
$
29
Cat: QM-3532
Precision Digital Vernier Calipers
A precision tool for accurate
measurements. Simple and easy
$
95
to use with digital readout
Cat: TD-2082
• Accurate to 0.01mm
• Metric or Imperial measurement
Also available IP54 rated Vernier Calipers TD-2084 $59.95
39
Coax Cable Tester
Ideal for the elderly or vision-impaired. Keep
one in the glove box for reading the street
directory in the dark. Big, clear
90mm lens illuminated by
two LEDs.
Requires 2 x
AAA batteries.
• Dual magnification: 3X & 5X
• Case and cleaning
$
cloth included
• Size: 90(Dia) x 160(L)mm
95
Installers can expect to be working with coax
cables and F-connectors a lot more in the
future. Simplify your cable and connector testing
with this handy tool. Simply connect it to the F-connector
and it will give you and audible signal and a red/green
go/no go signal to tell you if there's a short, an open in
your cable or connectors. The F-connector is removable,
so you can fit an adaptor for
$
95
different types of connectors.
Cat: QP-2289
• Machined from aluminium
• Requires 1 x AAA battery
• 100mm long
29
14
95
Cat: QM-3537
Electrical Tester with Polarity
Checking & Light
Non-Contact Thermometer
with Dual Laser Targeting
Designed for maximum safety.The probes have
a good grip & are IP64 rated. Testing voltage is
simple & the unit's LED display will indicate to
the nearest voltage up to 690V with polarity
indication. This unit will also check for low
impedance, continuity, do a single pole phase
test & show rotary field indication.
• A LED light is included for dimly lit locations.
• Requires 2 x AAA
batteries (included)
$
95
• Voltage test works
Cat: QP-2286
without batteries.
Measure the temperature of a surface
from a safe distance. Dual laser sighting
for accuracy.
• Temperature range: -50°C to +650°C
• Response time: <150ms
• Distance spot ratio: 12:1
• 140mm long
$
109
Cat: QM-7221
4.8V Cordless Screwdriver
Comfortable and easy to use.
• Bright LED torch
• Magnetic bit holder
• LED battery level
indicator
• 4 bit set included
• Mains charger
included
Magnifying Lens with LEDs
$
19 95
Cat: TD-2498
Inox Premium Machinery Grease
General-purpose
synthetic
grease in a
handy 30gm tube
size. Ideal for bearings, ball joints, chains, sprockets,
O-rings, bushes and other rubber and plastic etc.
• Food grade
• High temperature, non-melt
$ 95
• Highly resistant to water, salt,
chemicals and drying
Cat: NA-1032
• Fully synthetic
7
49
Automotive Crimp Tool
with Connectors
USB Temperature/Humidity Datalogger
Unlike other
automotive crimp
pliers, this excellent
tool comes with 80 of
the most popular
automotive
connectors and NOT
a bunch of junk you
will never use. The
tool will cut & strip
wire, crimp
connectors and also cut a range of
metric bolts. Includes male & female
bullet & spade connectors + eyes, and
butt joiners. (See website for
full list of inclusions)
$
12 95
Cat: TH-1848
Heavy Duty Wire Stripper /
Cutter / Crimper
A choice of two sizes:
20ml Spray
$
Cat. NA-1062
200ml Bottle
Cat. NA-1064
2 50
Cat: NA-1062
$
6 95
Cat: NA-1064
CAT IV Autoranging Pocket DMM
An advanced pocket sized DMM that is
suitable for serious work. It features
detachable leads, capacitance and
frequency ranges as well as a CATIV
rating and non-contact voltage
detection.
• AC & DC voltage: 600V
• AC & DC current: 200mA
• Resistance: 40MOhms
• Capacitance: 100µF
• Frequency: 100kHz $
95
• Diode test
Cat:
QM-1542
• Continuity test
• 120(L) x 55(W) x 40(D)mm
49
99
Protek 608 True RMS
DMM with PC Interface
Isopropyl Alcohol
Head cleaning, surface cleaning
and prep, contact cleaning, stain
removal in the laundry etc. Also
can be used as a surface
disinfectant. Dries quickly.
Logs up to 32,000
readings (16,000
temperature,
16,000 humidity)
in intervals of 2
seconds to 2 hours per
reading. You simply set up the recording parameters you want
with the included software then download the data when you
need it. The datalogger records at the prescribed intervals
and will flash an alarm LED if the user-defined minimum or
maximum temperature is exceeded.
• Range: -40-70°C (-40-158°F),
$
95
0-100% relative humidity,
• Accuracy: ±1°C (1.8°F),
Cat: QP-6013
±3% relative humidity
• Resolution: 0.1°, 0.1% RH
Designed for easy
wire stripping of AWG 10-24 gauge cable (0.13 -6.0mm).
The wire guide ensures the correct length is stripped a
precision blade is
incorporated for easy wire cutting.
$
95
Also features quality crimping jaws.
Cat:
TH-1827
• For 1.5 - 6mm terminals
• Spring return
25
400A AC Clampmeter
An entry-level clampmeter with most of the
fancy features found on more expensive units
such as data hold and auto power-of etc.
• Autoranging
• Relative mode
$
95
• AC current
Cat:
QM-1561
• Diode test
• Audible continuity
• Data hold
• Auto power-off
• Jaw opening 30mm
• Temperature probe
59
Also available:
400A AC/DC Clampmeter QM-1563 $99.95
1000A AC/DC Clampmeter QM-1566 $139.95
Suitable for lab, development and serious testing
applications, this powerful meter has enough features to
make it a legitimate replacement for a bench multimeter.
The 50,000 count display gives four decimal place
accuracy and the internal memory can store and retrieve up
to 10 readings. If you need more storage than that, the
RS-232 cable allows you to store and log measurements
on a PC with the packaged software. If you're looking for a
DMM with data storage and logging capability, this meter
offers value for money.
• Autoranging • Analogue/digital display
$
• Automatic calibration • Relative mode
Cat: QM-1292
• Internal memory • Diode test
• Zener diode test • Audible continuity
• Data hold • Min/max mode
• Pulse width and duty cycle
• Non-volatile memory
• Conductance measurement
• Low-voltage resistance
measurement
• Auto power-off
• Backlit LCD
• Temperature probe
• Carrying case and holster included
• RS-232 cable and
software included
• Windows NT and XP compatible
• Ave/RMS: True RMS
• Dimensions (with holster):
216(H) x 104(W) x 58(D)mm
Free Call: 1800 022 888 for orders! www.jaycar.com.au
299
3
BACK TO SCHOOL
Dual Layout Folding Keyboard
Solar Powered Calculator
with 3 Port USB Hub
Combined USB 2.0 and
Firewire Powered Hub
$
59
95
Cat: XC-4848
This versatile hub combines four
USB 2.0 ports and three
Firewire® ports and is both
PC and Mac compliant.
$10
Was $69.95
12
This compact unit accepts a range of video
input signals and converts them to VGA
specification for use on CRT, LCD, etc. Also
accepts YPbPr input for DVD players, Xbox ®,
Wii®, or other video sources up to
1080i. Simple
on-screen set up.
No software
required.
Includes remote
control.
• 145mm wide.
$
• For full specifications see our website
Colour VGA Webcam
29 95
Cat: QC-3221
USB Optical Mouse
This USB computer mouse has an ergonomic
design to comfortably fit into your hand.
It has a rubber paint finish for better
overall grip and feel, which
is matched with an optical
pick up with 800dpi
resolution for precision control.
$
14
95
Cat: XM-5131
USB Optical Mouse
with Number Keypad
Notebook computers are great when you are
moving about or space is at a premium.
However, the lack of a proper numeric
keypad and mouse can be a real
nuisance. This problem is easily
fixed with this new combination
USB keypad and mouse. It
simply plugs into the computer's
USB port and gives you a full
function numeric keypad and mouse.
$
95
• Lead length 700mm.
• 67(W) x 110(L) x 20(H)mm
Cat: XM-5138
32
Wireless Broadband Router
This device integrates a router, wireless
access point, four-point switch, firewall
and advanced encryption protection. Can
be managed through a local/remote web
and is password protected.
Was $129.95
$30.95
4
99
Cat: YN-8300
This byte-sized companion is
not just a centralised USB
hub, but can also act as a
detachable radio. Unclip his
head from his body and it
turns into a portable radio.
Attach his head back and his body
turns into a speaker and USB hub.
Requires 2 x AA batteries. 85mm high.
Was $19.95
64 95
Cat: MP-3472
$
Universal 90W Laptop
Power Supply with LCD
This laptop power supply has
adaptors to fit the major
manufacturers' power sockets. It
also displays the output voltage and
automatically adjusts the output for
the adaptor used.
• 138(L) x 58(W) x 37(H)mm
• Will charge newer Dell model Laptops!
STOCK LIMITED
$10
Smart Dog' 5 in 1
USB Hub Radio
Higher powered for the bigger laptops that draw more power.
8 different plug adaptors to fit popular models and variable
output from 15 to 24VDC <at> 6A.
• Cigarette lighter cable
• Selectable output voltage: 15,
16, 18, 19, 20, 22, 24VDC
• 115(L) x 60(W) x 35(H)mm
$
This eyeball web-cam is perfect for
desktop video conferencing at home or in
the office. The camera uses a VGA colour
CMOS sensor with auto exposure and
white balance to ensure the best
picture under varying light conditions.
Comes with software and connects via
your computer's USB port.
Cat: XC-5153
13
37 95
150W Car Laptop Power Supply
99
29 95
Use this web cam in the office for
video conferencing, or at home
to send pictures and video to
$16
your friends via email.
• Image Sensor:
$
300k pixel CMOS
Was $29
Cat: QC-3223
Cat: MP-3463
95
$
300K USB Web Camera
Simply plug this universal laptop power supply into
your car's cigarette lighter socket and you can run
or charge your laptop without the need for
mains power. The unit is supplied with a
range of plugs and will suit most note
books on the market. Switchable output
voltage from 15VDC to 24VDC.
$
Cat: XC-4873
$
Was $39.95
12V 3.5A Notebook Power Supply
Component Video to VGA Converter
• USB interface - Plug and Play
• Compatible with
Win 95/98/2000/NT/ME/XP
This (QWERTY/DVORAK) keyboard
has a folding cover that
protects it when not in
use and doubles as a
rest for your wrists
as you type.
A combination of a full-featured
$17
calculator, numeric keypad for
laptops and a 3 port USB
2.0 hub. Requires
$
95
Windows ME or later.
Was $29.95
Cat: XC-4846
$5
$
14 95
Cat: XC-4844
Portable Presentation Console
$
This excellent device allows you to run
PowerPoint presentation without a computer.
Simply load your presentation onto a standard
memory card and connect the device to
your video projector. Includes
remote control and on-screen
navigation.
Loads of
other features.
$
Was $199
Cat: XC-5405
64 95
$100
99
Cat: MP-3474
150W Laptop
Power Supply
15 - 24VDC
Digital Voice Recorder 128MB with USB
Never miss a quote again. This feature-rich
digital voice recorder can double as an MP3
player and flash drive. It has a myriad of
recording options including environmental
settings, automatic voice activated recording,
book marking and more.
Loads easily on to your PC
for referencing or archiving.
$
119 95
• Up to 35 hours recording time
Cat: XC-0279
• 110mm long
This power supply has a
universal input voltage
100-240VAC 50/60Hz and has a
regulated output. It features short circuit and
overload protection and an LED power indicator. Supplied
with 9 adaptor plugs to suit the majority of laptop
computers including, ACER, IBM,
$
DELL, Apple, Sony, Toshiba,
Samsung, Compaq, Sony, Panasonic etc.
Cat: MP-3471
109
USB Digital TV Stick
$
Watch high definition digital telly
on your desktop or laptop PC for the
same cost as a standard definition
set-top box. Simple to set up and use,
just connect the USB stick, plug in the
antenna, install the software & away you go.
Windows PCs only. Was $99.95
79 95
Cat: XC-4859
$20
Green 1mW Keyring Laser Pointer
Much more visible to the human eye than red pointers,
this bright, clear green laser pointer will make your
presentation stand out.
• Keyring attachment
$
95
• Batteries included
• 85mm long
Cat: ST-3119
79
Mini 4 Port HUB USB 2.0
The perfect add-on to
increase the number
of USB ports on
your computer. It is
plug and play with
auto-detection and safe
removal from your USB port.
$
19 95
Cat: XC-4864
USB Roll Up Keyboard
This QWERTY keyboard rolls up for easy transportation or
storage and is waterproof. You can even spill
coffee on it. Perfect for workshops,
garages, food
preparation areas,
and travellers.
• Compatible
$
95
with Windows
Cat: XC-5148
98/2000/Me/XP
19
Free Call: 1800 022 888 for orders! www.jaycar.com.au
COMPUTER / SECURITY
USB Digital Microscope Camera
System with 130X Magnification
2 Port USB KVM Switches
A terrific introduction to the microscopic world of nature. It
works with your computer by displaying the camera's output
onto your monitor and at the press of a button you can
capture the digital images for projects etc.
Up to 130X magnification.
• Up to 640 x 480 image resolution
• 5X optical zoom
Was $99
$30
$
69
Cat: QC-3244
CLEARANCE SPECIALS
USB GADGETS
USB Desktop Bouncer
This tough looking guy with a
$5
cockney accent will turn away any
would be punter trying to interfere
with your desktop stuff. He'll warn
them off with one of his six tough-guy
quotes. Can stand alone
$
95
using 3 x AAA batteries
Cat: GE-4088
Was $24.95
DVR Camera
Surveillance Kit
KVM switches allow you to connect multiple
computers to one keyboard, mouse, and monitor.
You can then select between computers using
keyboard hotkeys or push buttons. Two new models are
available in USB and PS/2 configurations.
Max Resolution: 2048 x 1536 pixels
Video Bandwidth: 400MHz
USB Version Cat YN-8093
$
PC Port Connections: Keyboard / Mouse
(or other): USB 2.0
Monitor: D15HD
Console Port Connections:
Keyboard / Mouse (or other):
2 Port: USB 2.0 x 2
Monitor: D15HD
59 95
Cat: YN-8093
This is an excellent DVR that is ideally suited to smaller
surveillance installations around the home or office. It
uses MJPEG video compression and can store over
150 hours of video on its 250GB hard drive. Recording
setup is simple and various trigger modes can be set
across the day including timer recording, motion
detection & manual operation.
PS/2 Version Cat YN-8097
PC Port Connections: Keyboard: PS/2
Mouse: PS/2 Monitor: D15HD
Console Port Connections: Keyboard: PS/2 x 1
Mouse: PS/2 x 1Monitor: D15HD x 1
$
49 95
Cat: YN-8097
Convert your PC to
Bluetooth quickly
and easily.
Communicate with
phones, PDAs, headsets and other devices. Fast data
transfer, V1.1, V1.2 & V2.0 compliant, class 1.
• Range: up to 100m
$
95
• Transfer rate: 3Mbps
Cat:
XC-4896
• Operating system: Windows 98, ME, 2000, XP
USB Exercise Bike Mouse
with LCD Word Counter
29
With every word you type, the mouse
pedals a revolution and the word
counter will increment
by one. Ideal for essays
and projects.
$12
• USB powered
• 140mm high
$
95
• Suitable for 12yrs+
Cat: GE-4086
Was $24.95
4 Channel Mobile DVR with 250GB HDD
This stand alone
digital video
$15
recorder (DVR) is
the ideal solution for
mobile security and surveillance
applications. It provides real-time
monitoring and digital recording from up to four cameras.
Supplied with infrared remote and video editing software.
MPEG4 recording format.
• 12 to 24VDC operating voltage (suitable for most cars,
boats, trucks and busses)
$
• Ideal for mobile surveillance
Cat: QV-3093
Was $1,099
12
USB Retro Oscillating Fan
Simply plug it into your computer's
USB port to feel the gentle breeze.
The 3 soft foam blades are
encased in a metal cover and
with four speeds you can control
the air flow. Fixed or
oscillating modes
• Base measures
$5
100m diameter
• Fan casing measures
$
95
150mm diameter
Cat: GH-1068
Was $19.95
Supplied with four
weatherproof colour
night vision cameras,
connecting leads
and wireless remote.
• 1 x composite video output
Screen Shot
• Frame rate 25fps (Quad mode)
• For full specifications log on to our website
* Note: Monitor not included.
CCTV Video/Power Processors
Dramatically reduce the cost of your next CCTV
installation. Run composite video and power
from CCTV cameras over distances up to 500m
on bell wire - no coax or separate power supplies required.
Suitable for cameras that operate on 12VDC <at> 350mA
max. With a built in DSP, it eliminates any interference
picked up within the length of the cable providing you with
crystal clear video images.
Single Channel CCTV
Video/Power Processor
• Video output 1Vp-p 75-ohm
• Dimensions: 110(L) x 72(W) x 28(H)mm
DUE MID
FEB ‘09
949
$
69 95
Cat: QC-3263
DON’T FORGET
VALENTINES DAY!
14
SATURDAY, 14TH FEBRUARY
4 Channel CCTV Video/Power Processor
PINK USB Keyboard
with Optical Mouse Kit
USB Panic Button
Hit your USB Panic Button and your screen
instantly changes to a spreadsheet or other
image that looks like real work. Use one of
the image files included on the
CD or your own screen shot.
• Software and image files included
• Dimensions: 90(L) x
48(W) x 52(H)mm
Was $24.95
$
95
Limited stock!
$10
Give her computer a bit of colour
and flair this Valentine's Day with
this matching pink keyboard,
optical mouse and mouse mat.
• Dimensions: 145(L) x 80(W) x 28(H)mm
$
$
29
95
249
Cat: QC-3265
Cat: XC-5151
Digital Mobile Microscopes
Enter the micro realm with ease. These portable pocket-sized
microscopes are surprisingly powerful with a magnification range
of 24X to 90X. They use 3 bright-white LEDs to light up your
objects and feature an adjustable focus to sharpen your image.
14
Cat: GE-4091
$
Two versions available:
All-In-One Memory
Card Reader
Exchange data
between your PC and
all the flash memory
cards currently on the market. One
simple solution, no need for different
card readers for different electronic
devices.
• Measures 70(W) x 10(H) x 40(D)mm
649
Cat: QV-3063
Long Range Bluetooth Dongle
19
$
Digital Mobile Microscope
Dimensions: 120(L) x 55(W)mm
Cat QC-3245 Was $199
149
Cat: QC-3245
Screen Shot
$50
Digital Mobile Microscope with Image Capture
$
19 95
Cat: XC-4856
Viewed images can be easily transferred to a PC (QC-3246 only)
for use in reports, articles, projects etc.
• Capable of taking JPEG images at a resolution of 320 x 240.
• Dimensions: 120(L) x 55(W)mm
• Includes 3 x AAA rechargeable Ni-MH batteries
$50
Cat QC-3246 Was $249
$
199
Cat: QC-3246
Free Call: 1800 022 888 for orders! www.jaycar.com.au
Screen Shot
5
CHECK THESE OUT...
USB Digital TV Tuner
Watch high definition digital
telly on your desktop or
laptop. Simple to set up and
$
use, just connect the USB stick, plug in the
79 95
antenna, install the software and away you go.
Cat: XC-4886
• Supports free-to-air DTV in many countries
• Software with time shifting and scheduled recording
• Compatible with Windows XP, ME and Vista
• Antenna, cable and software included
• Supports Electronic Program Guide
(EPG), subtitle and Teletext
• See website for full systems requirements.
Silk Dome Car Tweeter - 25mm
Retractable Car Phone Charger
25mm silk dome tweeter for car audio
applications. Smooth, musical response
up to 20kHz. Crossover included.
• Impedance: 8 ohms
• Frequency resp: 1kHz - 20kHz
• Sensitivity: 91dB
• Power handling: 80WRMS
• 72(L) x 39(W) x 21(H)mm
$
Handy in-car phone charger with retractable
lead to avoid messy and tangled
wires. Includes 6 plugs to fit
all the latest popular
models including the latest
Nokia mobile phones. Fits any
standard cigarette lighter socket.
• Extends to 700mm.
$
• Plugs Included to suit: Nokia,
Sony Ericsson, Samsung, Siemens,
LG and others.
24 95
Cat: CS-2211
HID CONVERSION KITS
Chassis Mount Auto Reset
Circuit Breakers
19 95
Cat: MB-3579
12" Active Subwoofer
These kits are a simple single version of a High Intensity
Discharge (HID) headlamp that you are now seeing on up
market cars. It is one lamp set only. It is basically intended
to convert a spotlight on, say a large boat, to a much more
powerful and effective spotlight. The kit includes a HID
lamp, base, ballast unit and wiring harness. It is a very
simple installation.
Single pole thermal circuit breakers.
Auto or manual reset. 12 and 24VDC
in current ratings from 20 - 50A.
20A 12VDC Cat. SF-4100 $8.95
30A 12VDC Cat. SF-4102 $8.95
40A 12VDC Cat. SF-4104 $8.95
50A 12VDC Cat. SF-4106 $8.95
20A 24VDC Cat. SF-4108 $8.95
Kits to suit H1, H3 and H4 bases available:
DIY PROJECT KITS
433MHz Remote Switch Kit
Ref Silicon Chip Magazine January 2009
Suitable for remote control of practically
anything up to a range of
200m, for
example, as a
replacement for a dead
garage door opener. The
receiver has momentary
or toggle output and the
momentary period can be adjusted. The receiver can also
be used to drive a 12 volt relay. Up to five receivers can
be used in the same vicinity and spare transmitter kits are
available: KC-5474. A versatile kit with endless
applications.
• Short-form kit contains PCB &
all specified components.
$
95
• Requires case and 9V battery
Cat:
KC-5473
• Extra transmitter kit
Cat. KC-5474 $19.95
39
IR Remote Extender MKII Kit
Ref: Silicon Chip October 2006.
Operate your DVD player or
digital decoder using its
remote control from another
room. It picks up the signal
from the remote control and
sends it via a 2-wire cable to
an infrared LED located close to the
device. This improved model features fast data
transfer, capable of transmitting
Foxtel® digital remote control
signals using the Pace 400
series decoder. Kit supplied with
case, screen printed front panel, PCB
with overlay and all electronic components.
• Required: 9VDC and 2-wire cable
$
95
for extending the IR-Tx lead
(use WB-1702).
Cat: KC-5432
24
8
95
249
Cat: CS-2271
In-Car Ni-MH Battery Charger
Universal charger for Ni-MH and Ni-Cd
battery packs. Charges
2 - 12 cell packs and
automatically detects
and selects the
correct output voltage.
Ideal for charging RC car
batteries at the track.
Cigarette lighter plug terminates to 2-pin Molex connector or alligator clips.
Delta V charge detection, short circuit,
overload and reverse voltage protection.
$
95
• Lead length 1200mm
• Dimensions: 92(L) x 56(W) x 30(H)mm
Cat: MB-3634
24
BATTERY POWER
Enekeep Rechargeable
Ni-MH Batteries
These fantastic batteries feature ultra-low self-discharge
technology and have an 85% charge retention after
1 year. They are supplied in a charged state and can be
used immediately after purchase.
• Two new additions to the range:
AA - Solder Tags
1.2V 2000mAh
Pack of 3 Remote Controlled
240V Mains Outlets
Switch any mains appliance rated up
to 10A on or off remotely. Supplied
with 3 receivers & 1 remote control so
you can switch up to three separate devices
individually. Range up to 30 metres.
• Frequency: 433.92MHz
• Max Power: 2500W (10A)
• Remote size: 100(L) x 35(W) x
20(H)mm
$
39 95
Cat: MS-6140
Surge protection and filtering is provided
to all your home theatre
equipment connected to
this powerboard as well as
current protection via the
inbuilt circuit breaker.
Cat: MS-6112
6
$89.95
$89.95
$99.95
Home Theatre Powerboard
24 Hour Mechanical
Mains Timer
Control any 240V mains
appliance rated up to 10A.
Simply rotate the dial to the
time you want, plug it in and
then switch it on.
• Suits any 240V 10A GPO.
• Size: 120(H) x
$
76(W) x 50(D)mm
35 Watt - suits H1 base Cat. SL-3367
35 Watt - suits H3 base Cat. SL-3365
35 Watt - suits H4 base Cat. SL-3368
This will truly pound your world into submission. Upset
the neighbours and get the full low-end experience
from your car stereo. 200WRMS on tap from a class
AB amp and 12" driver in a ported enclosure is more
than enough to do the job. You can also tailor the
response with phase switching, variable low pass
filtering and variable bass boost.
$
• Dimensions: 520(W) x
365(H) x 350(D)mm
• Provides protection to telephone, data
via a network connection, satellite/cable
TV and TV aerials
$
64 95
Cat: MS-4024
$
Sub C - Solder Tags
1.2V 3000mAh
6 95
$
8 95
Cat: SB-1759
Cat: SB-1751
DON’T FORGET
VALENTINES DAY!
SATURDAY, 14TH FEBRUARY
149 Piece PINK Tool Kit
Everything the handy
woman would ever
possibly need.
Includes an
easy-to-follow
How-to 20 page
booklet on the tools
and common
household repairs.
$
39 95
Cat: TD-2075
Free Call: 1800 022 888 for orders! www.jaycar.com.au
AUDIO & HOME THEATRE
Infra Red
Extender Kits
Watch Cable TV All Over The House
Use this IR Extender Kit to put
your AV equipment out of
sight, and still retain the use of
your infra-red remote controls.
No need to open cupboard doors - no mess!
Two different models are available, providing
for up to six IR emitters to be connected to a single
point and you can add extra emitters as you need.
Extender 2 Input
Extra Emitter - Single
AR-1812 $79.95
AR-1811 $14.95
Extender 6 Input
Extra Emitter - Dual
AR-1814 $99
AR-1813 $17.95
USB Turntable
Don't want to miss a minute
of the football! Indoors
outdoors, even if you're sent
to the kitchen to do the
dishes you won't miss any
of the action when you send
high quality audio and video
signals from your main
viewing source to another with
this powerful 5.8HGz model. Avoids all
the interference on the crowded 2.4GHz
ISM band without the inconvenience and
cost of running wires.
$
This handy turntable is
perfect for the
occasional bout of
nostalgia and allows you
to play those old vinyl
records or make backup copies in a
convenient digital
format. The turntable
plays singles, EPs,
albums and even your old 78s.
• 33/45/78 rpm • 240 volt powered
• Magnetic cartridge
• NAB centre adaptor
• Analogue or digital audio output
Note: Laptop not included
148
$
99 95
Cat: GE-4059
Cat: AR-1840
DJ Mobile 19"
Rack Frame
With a total of 18 units
available, you'll be able to
fit all your rack gear and
keep it completely portable.
Ideal for DJs, PA techs,
sound engineers or
guitarists with large rack
setups. The top section can
be rotated through a range of
45° for maximum flexibility.
Sturdy steel construction with
castors.
• Steel construction
• Hardware included
• Dimensions: 530(W) x
1050(H) x 500(D)mm
*Equipment not included.
Archiving your record
collection couldn't be easier.
You can record LPs directly to
an SD card or flash memory
via USB without needing a
computer or software. You can
also simply use the deck for
playback via the built-in
amp and speakers or
run stereo outputs to an
external amp.
CD Player/Encoder with
USB/SD & Remote
Rip, record or play back without
needing a computer. Record or
play back from external sources
or from CD, aux, line in, USB or
SD card. This is one of the most
versatile tools a musician or DJ
could ever own.
$
79 95
Cat: HB-6348
HDMI ACCESSORIES
Active Component Video
to HDMI Converter
Takes the component video
(YPbPr) and digital audio output
from your DVD player, set-top box
or Digital Pay TV box - and converts
them to HDMI.
• Mains adaptor included.
• Dimensions: 90(L) x 68(W) x 25(H)mm
Combine a digital DVI
video signal and a
digital audio signal
into a single HDMI
lead. Perfect for
hooking a media centre
PC up to a home theatre
system. Also provides digital audio
output in both coax and optical formats.
• Mains adaptor included.
• Dimensions: 125(L) x 100(W) x 25(H)mm
• CD/CD-R/CD-RW/MP3CD/WMA-CD playback
• CD ripping 1x or 2x
$
• Encode MP3 with adjustable bit rate
• Built-in stereo condenser mic
• Encode from aux-in / line-in
• Headphone output • Line-level stereo outputs
• Supports USB devices up to 2GB
• Dimensions: 250(W)W x 185(H) x 75(D)mm
$
99
Cat: AC-1607
A simple remote controlled device for
switching between two
High-Definition Multimedia
(HDMI) sources. Comes
with external IR receiver on a
2m cable, enabling you to hide
the switcher out of sight. Powered via the
HDMI cable and fully HDCP compliant.
• Dimensions: 80(L) x 55(W) x 17(H)mm
Cat: GE-4055
99
Cat: AC-1608
Active VGA + Audio
to HDMI Converter
99
Cat: AC-1609
165
Cat: GE-4057
5 Input Remote HDMI Switcher
$
49 95
Cat: AC-1691
This HDMI extender equalises and boosts your
HDMI signal so that you can run cable up
to 50 metres long.
• Supports up to 1080p resolution
• Compatible with VGA, SVGA, XGA,
SXGA, UXGA
• Automatic equalisation up to 1.6Gbps
• HDMI v1.3 compliant
• Dimensions: 68(L) x 40(W) x 18(H)mm
This stylish design five input
HDMI selector routes
high definition video
and audio signals from
the selected input to the HDMI output.
The switcher also has five digital audio inputs (optical and
coaxial), which are switched in unison with the HDMI
channels. The switcher is fully HDCP compliant and comes
with an infrared remote control. It has a
$
gain control to compensate for long cable
95
runs. Includes mains adaptor.
Cat: AC-1693
• Dimensions: 270(W) x 170(D) x 50(H)mm
99
A splitter allows one HDMI output device to be
distributed to up to four monitors or projectors.
Ideal for conferences,
conventions, and
presentations or very large
home theatre installations.
• Simultaneous display
• Supports 480p, 720p, 1080i, 1080p
• HDCP compliant
• Dimensions: 205(L) x 95(W) x 28(H)mm
Economy HDMI Leads
$
99 95
Cat: AC-1695
HDMI Extender
$
$
MORE HDMI ACCESSORIES
4 Way Active HDMI Splitter
$
• Belt-drive turntable
• Built-in amplifier
(2 x 1.2WRMS)
• Track repeat function
• Backlit LCD
• 33/45/78 RPM
• USB/SD card playback
• Bass boost switch
• AM/FM radio
• 350(W) x 300(D) x 130(H)mm
219
2 Input HDMI Switcher
DVI / Digital Audio
to HDMI Converter
Takes the VGA output +
stereo audio signal from
your PC, & converts
them to HDMI format
whilst maintaining full
HD resolution.
• Mains adaptor included.
• Dimensions: 90(L) x 68(W) x 25(H)mm
USB/SD Turntable/Receiver
Extra receiver available
separately Cat. AR-1841
$99
$
49 95
Cat: AC-1697
HDMI leads can cost an arm and
a leg. If your budget doesn’t
extend too far, these leads are a
cost-effective
solution without
compromising
quality or
performance. All
have a gold plated
connectors and are fully
HDMI v1.3b and HDCP compliant.
1.5 Metres Cat WQ-7415 $19.95
3.0 Metres Cat WQ-7416 $29.95
5.0 Metres Cat WQ-7417 $39.95
Look for our huge range of leads
& adaptors to connect or upgrade
your Home Theatre setup!
Free Call: 1800 022 888 for orders! www.jaycar.com.au
7
SOLAR & WIND POWER
Rechargeable 35W HID Spotlight
Solar Lighting System
High efficiency self contained
solar lighting system
An excellent kit that comes with
everything you need to build an
efficient solar lighting system.
Supplied with automatic
solar panel, lamps, battery,
connecting cable, fuse and
switch. The perfect
camping companion.
• 12V 8Ah SLA battery
• 10 Watt CIS solar panel
• Panel size: 458(L) x 458(W) x 34(D)mm
$
219
Cat: MP-4552
165
Powertech Monocrystalline
Solar Panels
These monocrystalline panels are more efficient than
polycrystalline panels and are as strong and tough as the
better known brands, but at a more attractive price.
Sizes range from 5 watts to a massive 175 watts.
5W
10W
20W
65W
80W
120W
175W
Cat. ZM-9091
Cat. ZM-9093
Cat. ZM-9094
Cat. ZM-9096
Cat. ZM-9097
Cat. ZM-9098
Cat. ZM-9099
20 YEAR
WARRANTY
$115
$175
$279
$639
$875
$1,280
$1,750
Has far longer bulb life, uses less
energy and is much brighter
than halogen globes. With
a pounding 3,300 lumens,
ideal for search and rescue,
boating, professional
shooters, security or other
high-power applications. It's
housed in a tough weatherresistant ABS housing and has a
handy shoulder strap for extended use. The built-in
rechargeable battery gives about 50 minutes of continuous
use and it recharges either from the mains plugpack or a car
cigarette lighter socket.
• 12V, 35W
$
• Battery: 12V 7Ah rechargeable lead acid
Cat: ST-3369
• Mains adaptor: 15VDC 500mA
• Dimensions: 300(L) x 210(Dia)mm
WITH JUNCTION BOX
The junction box is IP65 rated and
the connectors are IP67 rated.
Both are TÜV rated.
20 year limited warranty.
• Maximum power: 40W peak
• Rated Voltage: 12V
• Current <at> max power: 2.0A
• Voltage <at> max power: 18V
• Dimensions:
1253 x 643 x 37mm
• Weight: 14.7kg
$
Used for connecting the output of two solar panels in parallel
or connecting multiple panels in an array. Waterproof and UV
resistant. Generally used on the negative pole of the panel.
• Pin dimension 4mm • 300mm
• Tin plated copper contacts
2 Sockets to 1 Plug
$
$
27 95
Cat: PS-5112
27 95
Cat: PS-5110
1 Plug to 2 Sockets
Range of solar panel connectors also
available - see website for details.
YOUR LOCAL JAYCAR STORE
Australia Freecall Orders: Ph 1800 022 888
NEW SOUTH WALES
Albury
Ph (02)
Alexandria
Ph (02)
Bankstown
Ph (02)
Blacktown
Ph (02)
Bondi Junction Ph (02)
Brookvale
Ph (02)
Campbelltown Ph (02)
Erina
Ph (02)
Gore Hill
Ph (02)
Hornsby
Ph (02)
Liverpool
Ph (02)
Newcastle
Ph (02)
Penrith
Ph (02)
Rydalmere
Ph (02)
Sydney City
Ph (02)
6021
9699
9709
9678
9369
9905
4620
4365
9439
9476
9821
4965
4721
8832
9267
6788
4699
2822
9669
3899
4130
7155
3433
4799
6221
3100
3799
8337
3121
1614
Taren Point
Tweed Heads
Wollongong
VICTORIA
Coburg
Frankston
Geelong
Hallam
Melbourne
Ringwood
Springvale
Sunshine
Thomastown
QUEENSLAND
Aspley
Cairns
Ipswich
Maroochydore
UP to
500W
Peak
*No mounting
hardware,
poles or guide
wires included.
319
Cat: ZM-9034
Solar Power Battery Chargers
& Controllers with LCD
Solar Panel 'Y' Leads
• Rated Power: 300W
• Max Power: 500W
• No of Blades: 3
• Blade Material: ABS
• Included: generator, blades,
tail, hub, nose cone
40W Amorphous Solar Panel
Full specs on website
Note: Units may vary from pictures shown
Wind Generators
These new super-compact 300W units are a technological
step up from our other two models. They feature moulded,
compact, efficient blade design, are lightweight, have
neodymium magnets, and the charge controller is built into
the generator head. They also feature slip rings to avoid
cable breakage. These 300W units will start spinning at
just 2.5m/s wind speed, and will produce their rated
power at 12m/s (max power 500W at 15m/s). Available in
12V and 24V outputs, all parts fit into one box weighing
just 17kg - making it convenient to transport.
300W 12VDC
$
679
300W 24VDC
$
679
You make a substantial investment in a solar power setup, so
Cat: MG-4532
Cat: MG-4530
make sure you look after your expensive batteries. With these
units, you have total control over battery charging and power
• Set of 3 Spare Blades (Cat. MG-4534) $76.95
usage. The LCD shows the system status and 3 LEDs at a
glance show battery charge status, load status and solar panel connection. Microprocessor is programmed with 3-stage
charging algorithms and pulse width modulation duty cycles of 0 - 100% to provide optimum charge conditions and battery
life. Three models available - 12V/20A, 12V/30A and 24V/20A.
• Real-time clock display and LED indication of battery levels
• Display of system status: Charge current - Load current - Battery voltage - Battery capacity
• Bulk, absorption & float charge status
• Overload and short circuit protection
12V 30 Amp
• Overvoltage and reverse polarity protection
• Rated charge/load current: 30A
• System voltage: 12V
• 150(L) x 85(W) x 50(H)mm
12V 20A Solar Charge Controller
$
• Cat. MP-3722
• Rated charge/load current: 20A
• System voltage: 12V
Cat: MP-3722
• 150(L) x 85(W) x
50(H)mm
24V 20 Amp
• Cat. MP-3129
• Rated charge/load current: 20A
• System voltage: 24V
• 150(L) x 85(W) x 50(H)mm
$
$
• Cat. MP-3724
Cat: MP-3129
199
155
189
Cat: MP-3724
Ph (02) 9531 7033
Ph (07) 5524 6566
Ph (02) 4226 7089
Ph
Ph
Ph
Ph
Ph
Ph
Ph
Ph
Ph
(03)
(03)
(03)
(03)
(03)
(03)
(03)
(03)
(03)
9384
9781
5221
9796
9663
9870
9547
9310
9465
1811
4100
5800
4577
2030
9053
1022
8066
3333
Ph
Ph
Ph
Ph
(07)
(07)
(07)
(07)
3863
4041
3282
5479
0099
6747
5800
3511
Mermaid Beach Ph (07) 5526 6722
Townsville
Ph (07) 4772 5022
Underwood
Ph (07) 3841 4888
Woolloongabba Ph (07) 3393 0777
AUSTRALIAN CAPITAL TERRITORY
Belconnen
Ph (02) 6253 5700
Fyshwick
Ph (02) 6239 1801
TASMANIA
Hobart
Ph (03) 6272 9955
SOUTH AUSTRALIA
Adelaide
Ph (08) 8231 7355
Clovelly Park Ph (08) 8276 6901
Gepps Cross
Ph (08) 8262 3200
WESTERN AUSTRALIA
Maddington
Ph (08) 9493 4300
Midland
Ph (08) 9250 8200
Northbridge
Ph (08) 9328 8252
Rockingham
Ph (08) 9592 8000
NORTHERN TERRITORY
Darwin
Ph
NEW ZEALAND
Christchurch Ph
Dunedin
Ph
Glenfield
Ph
Hamilton
Ph
Hastings
Ph
Manukau
Ph
Newmarket
Ph
Palmerston Nth Ph
Wellington
Ph
Freecall Orders Ph
(08) 8948 4043
(03) 379 1662
(03) 471 7934
(09) 444 4628
(07) 846 0177
(06) 876 0239
(09) 263 6241
(09) 377 6421
(06) 353 8246
(04) 801 9005
0800 452 922
Prices valid from 24th January
to 28th February 2009
ALL savings are based on original retail recommended retail prices
8
Free Call: 1800 022 888 for orders! www.jaycar.com.au
SERVICEMAN'S LOG
Oh Goody! A CRT Set To Fix
I used to get a steady stream of CRT TV sets into
the workshop but that stream is now a mere
trickle. Most people can not be bothered to get
a CRT set fixed and, in fact, perfectly good sets
are now being discarded in ever increasing
numbers to make way for plasmas and LCDs.
A Loewe Planus 4781ZW TV was
brought into the workshop. Oh goody,
I thought, a heavy CRT set! At least
there was a chance I might be able to
fix it to component level.
This set employs a Q110 chassis
and was reportedly DOA (dead on
arrival). However, when I got it onto
the workbench, it turned out that this
rumour was somewhat exaggerated.
As I quickly discovered, the set would
click on and then click off again as a
protection circuit cut in.
I began by checking the B+ rail and
this was correct at +150V. However,
there was no EHT and there were no
short circuits on this rail. From there,
it didn’t take long to confirm that there
was no horizontal drive coming from
the signal board.
Before investigating this large assembly, I checked the remaining
voltage rails. This was a good move
because the 12V, 9V and 8V rails were
all missing in action. I then checked
FET Q663 BUZ71A (and changed it for
good measure as these do give trouble)
but it was F661, a 3.15A IC fuse that
had failed.
I soldered in a new fuse and switch
ed on. The set clicked, gave out an
acrid smell and then immediately
died. I should have known it wasn’t
going to be that easy.
Now before I had replaced the fuse, I
had checked for shorts on the 12V rail
(by measuring across C668) and everything had been OK. Now, however,
it was measuring just 4Ω between this
rail and ground, so there was a short
somewhere in the works.
I unplugged the main signal board
siliconchip.com.au
and found that the short immediately disappeared. I then removed
and carefully examined this board but
there were no shorts to be found so I
replaced the fuse again. The supply
rails now came up OK when the set
was switched on with the main signal
board still disconnected.
Next, I checked the main signal
board for solder dags and bent pins
but could find nothing that might be
causing the intermittent short circuit.
As a result, I reinstalled the board and
checked it out again before switching
on. Damn! – the short was back.
This time, I left the meter connected
while I disassembled it yet again. It
wasn’t until I got to W1201, a 3-pin
lead to the rotation coil on the CRT,
that the short disappeared. Now I really had something to work on.
I closely inspected the coil and
noticed that it had a small, sealed
assembly in the middle. However, I
could find no reference to this on the
circuit diagram and eventually, feeling somewhat exasperated, I phoned
Loewe technical support. It turned out
that there are two versions of this set
and guess what – my circuit was the
wrong one for this set.
The good news was that this is a
well-known fault and whatever it is
inside the concealed lump, it does go
short circuit, causing the fuse to blow.
Fortunately, the set works quite well
without this assembly connected (it is
designed to straighten the picture to
compensate for geomagnetic forces).
No milk or cookies
I’m writing this back in mid-
Items Covered This Month
•
Loewe Planus 4781ZW Q110
chassis
•
Panasonic TH-42PA40A
106cm plasma TV set
•
Resurrecting a Windows 3.11
computer
•
The scams people try
December and the holiday season is
almost upon us. And as usual, some
customers are flying into a panic as
to whether “it” will be fixed before
Santa arrives.
Not only are we expected to have
done our duty at half the usual price,
no matter how late the call, but we
don’t even get milk and cookies, let
alone a red coat and a team of reindeer.
My first such call was from an
anxious mum, complaining that their
beloved telly had been blown up by
her 6-year old boy playing his X-Box.
I really couldn’t see how an X-Box
could kill the TV without an awful lot
of jiggery-pokery but hey, I’m just the
TV technician. Prancer’s stable boy
would know more than I do!
Anyway, I asked what the brand and
model number was, plus a definition
of what was meant by “dead”. She told
me it was a Panasonic Viera and I was
thinking LCD TV but it wasn’t until I
got the model number (TH-42PA40A)
that I realised that it was a 2006 plasma
set. She also insisted that she was right
about the set being dead – there were
no lights or LEDs coming on and yes,
power was being fed to the set and it
had been switched on.
The next hurdle involved getting her
to take a few reality pills. The biggest
and most painful to swallow was that it
was unlikely to be fixed by Christmas.
“But surely it is just the fuse?”, came
the reply.
This is always a hard one as it is
difficult to explain that the prime
February 2009 57
Serr v ice
Se
ceman’s
man’s Log – continued
function of a fuse is to fail in order
to prevent all the smoke pouring out
of the rest of the blown components.
Years ago, I worked for a TV rental
company with a tyrannical boss who
had a long hyphenated, unpronounceable foreign surname. So when things
went wrong, as they inevitably did
sometimes, we always used his name
as the description for the parts that
had failed – ie, they were badly put
together and always blowing up. It was
just luck that a customer never twigged
and reported it back to the boss.
But I digress. As my caller was
quickly getting impatient with me, I
suggested she try calling Panasonic
themselves. Good idea, she thought,
and hung up. I was quite relieved but
knew inside that this wasn’t going
to last. Sure enough, she was back
within the hour, a little more contrite,
so I agreed to call around and collect
the set.
Now I should point out that although I used the word “I” here, I really meant “we”. If it had been an LCD,
it might have been just “I” but a 106cm
plasma is too big and too heavy for just
one bloke. You also need something a
bit bigger than a Barina to stick it into.
When I arrived, it turned out that
my customer was really quite charming but was being hassled by a mob
of kids. However, they too were nowhere near as precocious as on first
impressions. The little 6-year old was
extremely proud of his X-Box and it
was imperative that the set be fixed
before Christmas so that he could make
full use of it.
Eager to cooperate, he showed me
what he was doing when the set died.
However, this didn’t really reveal
much, the only possibility being that
he might have caused the set’s demise
by repeatedly pushing the main power
switch. In fact, this switch now felt as
though it wasn’t properly latching.
The set was wall-mounted in a slight
recess with an expensive, highlypolished sideboard immediately in
front of it. Not wanting to risk damage
to such an expensive piece of furniture, I hijacked some pillows from the
lounge and put them on the sideboard.
I then unplugged the various leads,
after which we were able to lift the
plasma out and carefully lower it onto
the pillows.
After that we had to negotiate a lot
of stairs and a long path to the service
van.
Being the softie that I am, I had
reluctantly promised I would look
at it as soon as possible. I could only
sympathise with the mother – TV is a
great “minder” and I would not want
those kids on my back over Christmas
without a TV to entertain them occasionally.
Back at the workshop, my first job
was to create sufficient floor space for
the job. Having done that, I carefully
placed two milk crates covered with
thick foam in position and then carefully laid the plasma face down on
them so that the weight was only on
the frame (not on the screen itself).
Next, I undid the compulsory 50
or so screws and removed the back.
I then checked all the fuses but they
were OK. The power switch was also
OK – it is simply a momentary contact
type and not a latching type as I had
earlier assumed it to be.
As this stage, I applied power but
the set was completely dead, just
as the customer said it was. Power
was going in but nothing was coming out of the power supply board (P
TNPA3570 4).
As luck would have it, a colleague
who works for a Panasonic agency
was able to lend me a power supply
that still had a buzzing noise problem
he had been unable to economically
solve. This would at least allow me
to confirm whether or not it was the
Issues Getting Dog-Eared?
Keep your copies safe with these handy binders.
REAL
VALUE
AT
$13.95
PLUS P
&
P
Available Aust, only. Price: $A13.95 plus $7 p&p per order (includes GST). Just fill in
and mail the handy order form in this issue; or fax (02) 9939 2648; or call (02) 9939 3295
and quote your credit card number.
58 Silicon Chip
siliconchip.com.au
power supply itself that was at fault.
As it turned out, the cause of the
problem revealed itself when I removed the old board. Underneath, I
found a large cockroach wedged onto
the board where he had been electrocuted by the applied 240V from the
mains. Not only that, but one of his
antenna had been etched onto the
board, creating a carbon track onto
a small control signal track which in
turn had melted.
The reason the fuses hadn’t blown
was that the series 1Ω 5W surge resistors (R411 & R413) had blown instead,
while FET Q431 (2SK3265) had gone
short circuit from source to drain. In
addition, the fine control track ran to
an unmarked surface-mounted transistor (Q440) which had gone open
circuit.
From the good power supply board,
I quickly deduced that Q440 was an
NPN type. This was done using an
analog multimeter (placing the black
lead on the base and the red on either
the emitter or collector gave a reading
on the x1 ohms range).
Q440 was a 2SD1819A which I
didn’t have. As a result, I drilled
holes through its PC board pads and
mounted a BC547B general purpose
transistor in its place.
Unfortunately, as these sets are
only meant to be repaired to board
level, none of these parts has even got
a part number (or so I’ve been told).
Worse still, there is no equivalent for
a 2SK3265 and none of my suppliers
have one. The good news is that Panasonic will be issuing a part number
soon – probably B1DEG000001. The
replacement board is about $400 trade
but the final outcome on this set will
have to wait until the Christmas break
is over.
In view of this, I offered to deliver
a loan set so that the 6-year old could
use his X-Box during the Christmas
period. However, his mother was juggling various commitments and I was
unable to arrange a delivery time.
Still, it won’t be the end of the earth
for her son. We promise our kids so
much these days and sometimes it
really doesn’t hurt for them to learn
to accept disappointment!
Remember Windows 3.11
Remember MSDOS6.22 and Windows 3.11 for Workgroups? Not many
of us really want to but this was
the cutting edge of software in the
siliconchip.com.au
early 90s (at least, for the PC), when a
66MHz 486DX2 with 4MB of RAM was
the fast lane. At the time, small home
PCs had only been in the existence for
six or seven years and developments
were coming thick and fast.
I remember it all too well, especially
configuring the system for maximum
available conventional memory on
boot up. This involved modifying and
tweaking the config.sys and autoexec.
bat files, either by hand or by using
the DOS memmaker.exe utility. If you
were left with more than 611KB of
so-called conventional memory out of
640KB, you were doing well.
DOS was one thing and Windows
3.11 quite another. Now you also had
system.ini and win.ini to tweak to get
everything to work under Windows.
You also had a swapfile – a defragmented area on the hard drive dedicated to
short term memory for the exclusive
use of Windows.
That was also back in the days
before plug and play hardware. In
those days, it was up to the system
builder to avoid hardware conflicts by
manually assigning IRQs and memory
addresses to the various plug-in cards.
Depending on the device, this was
done using either on-board jumper
links or (in later devices) by running
a set-up utility from an accompanying
floppy disk.
In short, it could be a nightmare and
a generation of PC technicians tore
their hair out trying to get recalcitrant
hardware items to play nicely with
each other. Some sound cards could
be right proper so-and-so’s to get going.
Well, I didn’t really want to remember any of this until an old friend of
mine from the country brought in
his Pentium 90 computer. He used
it specifically for his old DOS and
Windows 3.11 games (which, for some
reason or other, he was very fond of)
but it was becoming more and more
troublesome.
Foolishly, in the spirit of the season,
I agreed to see what I could do to help.
After all, it might be fun to go back in
time and tangle with an old Windows
3.11 system.
When I switched his computer on,
the first error message I got was that
the CMOS battery was low and that
the BIOS and clock needed resetting.
In fact, it was so bad that it wouldn’t
even save any BIOS settings.
As luck would have it, the battery is
embedded in a 24-pin lump of black
plastic along with the computer’s clock
February 2009 59
Serr v ice
Se
ceman’s
man’s Log – continued
crystal (ie, a real-time clock, or RTC).
This had to be solder-sucked off the
multi-layer motherboard.
That done, I “googled” for a replacement part and the only supplier I could
find was in the US who wanted US$20
for the part plus – get this! – $US50 to
courier it to me. The whole computer
wasn’t worth that much. In the end, I
persuaded them to post it via the US
postal service to a friend of a friend
who runs a large shipping service in
the States. They ship engines, differentials and other heavy bits around
the world and my package could ride
along with one of their shipments to
Australia.
Well, that was the plan bit it didn’t
quite work out. They are not used to
handling small padded post bags and
so, almost inevitably, it got lost and
was eventually returned to the supplier. We repeated the exercise and
this time it was successful. The part
arrived and I wasted no time soldering
it to the motherboard.
Unfortunately, somewhere along
the line, probably when I unsoldered
the original part, one of the tiny PC
tracks had broken. As a result, the
old-fashioned 5-pin DIN socket for
the keyboard was no longer fully
connected, thus preventing changes
to the BIOS.
60 Silicon Chip
At this point, I was about
to abandon the project when
a friend offered to give me
a similar old Pentium computer (in this case, a Pentium
200). He was about to chuck
it out and I told him to chuck
it in my direction which he
was only too happy to do.
Of course, he couldn’t
let it go without having a
bit of a dig at me. In short,
he also told me that I was
a masochist for wanting to
fiddle with a Windows 3.11
system and said that I was a
brave man.
Anyway, it was a relatively simple task to swap the
hard drive, the CD ROM and
all the internal cards over to
this “new” computer. The
drivers were already there
on the hard disk – it was just
a matter of fine tuning those
four files I mentioned earlier.
Initially, everything went pretty
well with no error messages and plenty
of base RAM. All the DOS programs
worked well and Norton Utilities v.
8.00 reported that everything was
working correctly.
Windows 3.11 was also running
well – almost! The problem was that
sometimes there was sound and sometimes there wasn’t. The sound card
used an ESS688 chip set with the IRQ
and memory addresses set by software
at DOS level. The problem was that
they were intermittently clashing
with something else and causing an
exception error.
I mucked around with these IRQs
and memory addresses over and over
again but couldn’t find a combination
that fixed the problem. I then managed
to procure some more ESS sound cards
but without the original installation
floppy discs so I hunted down some
drivers off the internet. The result was
the same – sometimes there was sound
and sometimes it was AWOL.
In the end I abandoned the project.
My friend was right – I must be a
masochist to want to go back and fool
about with this stuff. Self-flagellation
would be less painful.
In retrospect, I suspect that the
sound card was probably conflicting
with the video card. In fact, altering
the video card settings may have been
the way to go but I had already wasted
enough time on this project.
The scams people try
You’ve really got to cover yourself
in this business because, quite bluntly,
some customers are less than honest.
Personally, I’ve seen every scam in the
book over the years.
Although not common, one such
scam involves customers who have
two identical TV sets, usually purchased at the same time. They both
break down and one is brought in for
service. Then, when that set is subsequently returned, they immediately
bring the other one in – often with
a completely different fault – and
claim that the first one wasn’t fixed
properly.
Unfortunately for the customer,
we’re not that gullible. We carefully
record both the chassis number and
serial number of every set we service,
along with the details of any work
done, so we can spot a “ring-in” a
kilometre away. A small service sticker
is also attached to the set, along with
the date of service.
It’s amazing how quiet most customers become when confronted with the
facts although some do try to bluster
their way through it. “Aww, gee – I
thought it was the same set”, is one
common excuse. Yeah, right!
In fact, they don’t even have to be
the same model set for some customers
to try that particular scam. I even had
one idiot who brought in two different brands, the second just a fortnight
later! Apparently, he figured that my
memory was only good for a couple
of weeks.
Another scam involves bringing in a
set that’s completely dead and claiming that it was in perfect working order
up until the time it died. Then, when
you subsequently get the set going
again, all sorts of other faults become
evident, eg, incorrect picture height
or a washed-out picture because the
picture tube is on its last legs.
When these extra problems are
pointed out, the customer then vehemently denies that they existed. I’ve
even struck a couple of customers
who demanded a replacement set, the
implication being that I had caused
the problems while servicing the set.
A friend who services power tools
frequently encounters similar probsiliconchip.com.au
lems, the most common being the duplicate tool trick.
Again, they are not that gullible, with the serial number
of each tool serviced recorded on the job tickets, along
with the work done.
Sometimes, problems arise not because the customer
is being dishonest but because they lack understanding
or even plain common sense. One such area that causes
confusion is warranty.
For example, a customer buys a cheap tool (eg, a
cordless power drill) at a large hardware store. The tool
then fails (usually due to the customer’s abuse) and so
what to they do? – they go to the specialist high-end tool
store where my friend works and demand their money
back, despite the fact that they didn’t buy the tool there
in the first place!
Why do they do this? Because the specialist tool store
happens to be a warranty service agent for that particular
brand of tool. They can do warranty work but it’s a bit
rich expecting them to give refunds for tools that weren’t
purchased there in the first place.
But try explaining that to some customers!
One guy did take them for a ride, however. This particular character brought in an expensive power drill
which wasn’t working and he wanted it fixed.
The fault turned out to be a burnt-out armature – a
fault normally caused by the user leaning so heavily on
the drill that the motor stalls (and the armature current
shoots up). When informed of the problem and the likely
cost, the customer immediately blew a fuse and argued
that this could not possibly occur in such an expensive
drill, especially as it wasn’t all that old.
Faced with that sort of attitude and the all-too-obvious
insinuation that they were trying to pull a fast one, the
service manager’s patience quickly ran out. In the end,
he bluntly told the customer to take the drill away and
get it fixed elsewhere. And so it was reassembled with
the faulty armature in place and returned.
What this guy did next was to get a mate who knew
just enough to be dangerous to pull the drill apart. They
then deliberately cut some leads in the armature and then
went to consumer affairs, claiming that this damage had
deliberately been done at the tool company as a scam
and demanding compensation.
You can imagine how time-consuming dealing with
this complaint became for the tool company. And
although it really went against the grain, my friend’s
boss eventually decided that the easiest way out was to
simply replace the armature at no cost. Time was money
and he couldn’t spare the time to attend the hearings to
fight it.
But he had the last word. The boss was a pretty fiery
character and when the scammer came back he copped
a gobfull. He was bluntly told that customers like him
were not needed and that if he ever set foot in the store
again he would be thrown out on his ear!
According to my friend, the scammer took his drill,
slunk out and never came back. He’d got his drill fixed
for nothing but had suffered the indignity of being
roundly abused and told where to go when he collected
it. Some victory.
Having had my share of those sorts of scams, I can
sympathise with the boss. It’s one of those cases where
“the customer is not always right”.
SC
siliconchip.com.au
Professionally Designed and engineered
in Australia using Peerless speakers
which are known and respected across
the globe. Remarkable Cross-over design,
built using the highest grade components
designed to give maximum clarity and
responsiveness for voice and
tonal reproduction.
For More Info Please visit:
www.wagner.net.au/speakers
www.d-s-t.com.au/speakerkits
We stock everything you need for your Audio Visual installation
including HDMI & RCA Interconnect, Plasma / LCD TV Wall Brackets,
Speaker cabling, Plugs & Connectors, Tools and Soldering
Equipment, Plus Lots More!! View our Catalogue online.
Visit Us Online: www.wagner.net.au
Email: sales<at>wagner.net.au
February 2009 61
Phone: 02 9798 9233
138 Liverpool Road, Ashfeild, NSW, 2131
Into special effects photography? Or want to be? Try this
TIME DELAY
PHOTOFLASH
TRIGGER
by Jim Rowe
Want to try your hand at ‘stop motion’ photography, where dynamic events such as a
match bursting into flame, a drop splashing into a container of liquid or a projectile
passing through a light globe, are captured at a crucial moment?
Here’s a project designed specifically for this kind of work. It lets you trigger
your electronic flash at the precise moment for a great picture.
62 Silicon Chip
siliconchip.com.au
Who let the smoke out? 30ms after we smashed the light globe by hitting it with a metal weight (that’s it on the right) the
filament is only now starting to realise it's lost half of its bulb and is starting to burn up, with flame and smoke. This is a
combined time exposure (hence the warm glow from the lamp) and flash shot using the delayed trigger (hence the white
pieces of glass). Believe it or not, this was the first shot we took – and a dozen light globes later, we decided it was the best!
H
ave you been intrigued by those
impressive photos capturing
the crown-shaped splash when
a drop falls into a dish of milk or the
tip of a chameleon’s tongue when it’s
attaching itself to a flying insect? Or a
light bulb shattering as a bullet enters
it? These are the kinds of shots which
can be achieved using ‘stop motion’
photography.
You don’t need much gear to take
these shots. The main requirement is
a camera with a very fast shutter speed
or an electronic flash.
Either way you need an electronic
triggering unit to either open the camera shutter release, or fire the flash automatically in response to a reference
event – such as a sound (like a ‘bang’
or ‘click’) or a contact closure (like
the contacts in a PIR motion sensor).
The electronic triggering unit must
have an accurately adjustable delay
time. This allows you to set the camera or flash triggering to occur not
just automatically in response to the
reference event, but a known period
of time after it.
siliconchip.com.au
So if you predict that the crucial
event you want to capture occurs
about 40ms (milliseconds) after the
reference event (eg, the bang or click,
or contact closure), you can set the
triggering delay to 40ms and see if this
gets the shot.
If it then turns out that the shot was
a little early or late, you can either
reduce or increase the delay to get the
precise result.
So that’s the rationale behind this
project. It’s an automatic electronic
shutter release/flash trigger unit with
a delay time which can be adjusted
in 1ms steps from 0 to 999ms or al-
ternatively, in 10ms steps from 0 to
9.99 seconds.
Triggering can be from an electret microphone (to pick up sound
‘events’) or other devices like a PIR
(passive infrared) motion sensor, lightbeam interrupter system, or custom
sensor switches such as microswitches
attached to machinery.
It is housed in plastic case which
on the front panel (lid of case) has
three rotary switches to set the time
delay, a sensitivity control for the microphone/preamp, an “arm” button,
toggle switches to turn on power and
to select the time delay, a red LED to
Specifications
Trigger inputs:
Delay time:
Timing Accuracy:
Outputs:
Power:
Consumption:
electret microphone or external trigger (via PIR sensor etc)
0 to 999ms in 1ms increments or
0 to 9.99 seconds in 10ms increments
1ms or 10ms
(1) Non-delayed triggering for external shutter release
(2) Delayed triggering for electronic flash
9V alkaline battery
16mA (standby); 30mA when triggered.
February 2009 63
(IC7c)
TRIGGER
GATED TRIGGER
PULSE
+
ELECTRET
MIC IN
OR GATE
MIC PREAMP
& SQUARER
S
ARM
S5
SENSITIVITY
TRIGGER
GATE
(FF1)
R
CONTROL
FLIPFLOP 1
(FF2)
Q
S
Q
R
CONTROL
FLIPFLOP 2
Q
Q
RESET FF1
ENABLE DELAY COUNTER
CONTACTS
INPUT
RESET DELAY COUNTER
GATE
ENABLE
DELAY COUNTER
MR
DECADE
COUNTER 3
38kHz
CRYSTAL
OSCILLATOR
MR
+
CLOCK
UNITS
S6
DECADE
COUNTER 2
DIVIDER
CHAIN
(1/380
OR 1/38)
S3
END OF
DELAY TIME
0
9
PULSE
STRETCHER,
SCR DRIVER
S2
0
NAND GATE
(D1-D3, IC8d)
9
10ms (100Hz)
OR 1ms (1kHz)
show that the unit has been triggered
and a green LED to show that the flash
or shutter has been fired.
Along the top side of the case are
four sockets which connect an electret microphone, an external trigger
(eg, PIR sensor), the electronic flash
and, if required, the electronic camera
shutter.
How it works
The block diagram of Fig.1 shows
how it works. It has four states: the
‘waiting’ state – powered on; the
‘armed’ state where the unit is waiting
for a triggering input; the ‘triggered’
state where the time delay is counting
through and finally the ‘fired’ or ‘ready’
state where the time has elapsed and
the unit has fired the electronic flash
or electronic shutter.
When FF2 is in its reset state (Q-bar
high) the circuit is in the ‘ready’ state
but when the flipflop is triggered and
switches to its set state (Q high) this
swings the circuit into its ‘triggered’
state.
When the circuit is first turned on,
FF2 is reset and so the circuit is in the
‘waiting’ state. The flipflop’s Q-bar
output is high , the Q output is low and
as a result LED1 is turned on to show
that the circuit is ‘ready’ for action.
64 Silicon Chip
9
MR
DECADE
EN
COUNTER 1
CK
S1
0
A logic high is also applied to the
MR (master reset) inputs of decade
counters 1-3, forcing them all to reset
with their ‘0’ outputs high.
At the same time because FF2’s Q
output is low, the EN (enable) input
of counter 1 is held low, preventing
the counters from operating. The only
other part of the circuit which operates
in this ‘ready’ state is the 38kHz crystal
oscillator and divider chain which
runs all the time because it’s used
to generate the delay timing pulses.
The divider chain is programmed by
a switch (S6) to divide the crystal frequency by either 380 times or 38 times,
to give timing pulses of either 100Hz
(10ms) or 1kHz (1ms) respectively.
These pulses are fed to the CK
(clock) input of counter 1 but while
the circuit is in the ready state the
counters can’t respond.
Trigger gating
When a sound is picked up by the
plug-in electret microphone, the mic
signal is amplified and ‘squared up’
in the preamp/squarer section, then
inverted and fed to one input of the
OR gate.
The output of the OR gate is then
fed via a differentiator circuit and an
inverter to one input of a NAND gate
– trigger gate IC7c. The other input of
this gate is connected to the Q output
of control flipflop 1 (FF1), which is
used to ensure that only one trigger
pulse can get through to trigger FF2.
The trigger gate is only ‘open’ when
FF1 is set, by briefly pulling its S-bar
input low using the ‘ARM’ pushbutton
S5. The Q output then switches high,
bringing the second input of the trigger
gate high and thus allowing a trigger
pulse to pass through and reach the
S-bar input of FF2. This flipflop is
therefore triggered, switching to the
set state – with the Q output switching
high and the Q-bar output switching
low. So the circuit now swings into its
‘triggered’ state.
But notice that as soon as the Q-bar
output of FF2 switches low, this immediately pulls down the R-bar (reset)
input of FF1, resetting this again and
causing its Q output to switch low.
This closes the trigger gate, ‘disarming’ the circuit to prevent any further
triggering until S5 is pressed again,
to re-arm it.
Note that this triggering action
can also be produced by the closing
of a set of contacts connected to the
circuit’s EXT TRIG input, instead of a
sound being picked up by the electret
microphone.
siliconchip.com.au
N–CHANNEL
FET
TRIGGERED
LED2
SHUTTER
RELEASE
OUTPUT
CON2
READY
LED1
FLASH
TRIGGER
OUTPUT
CON3
SCR
Fig.1: block diagram of the TimeDelay Photoflash Trigger breaks
the circuit down into its various
functions. Compare this with the
circuit diagram overleaf.
The second input connects directly
to the lower input of the OR gate, so
the logic low produced by the
contact closure is again able to pass
through the gating and trigger FF2.
A number of other things happen
once the circuit switches into its
‘triggered’ state. For a start, when the
Q-bar output of FF2 switches low this
causes triggered LED2 to be turned on
via an inverter, to indicate that the
circuit has switched into its ‘triggered’
state.
At the same time the N-channel FET
is turned on, to produce a very low
resistance across the ‘shutter release’
output connector (CON2).
So if your camera has the facility for
remote control of the shutter, it can be
automatically opened.
At the same time because FF2’s Q
output has switched high, LED1 is
turned off to show that the ‘ready’
state has ended.
The reversal of FF2’s outputs in the
triggered state has another important
effect, because it means not only that
the logic high is removed from the MR
inputs of the three decade counters, so
they are no longer held reset, but also
that a logic high is now applied to the
EN input of counter 1, so it can begin
counting the timing pulses.
Counting starts immediately, with
the outputs of counter 1 going high in
sequence for each timing pulse (ie, the
‘units’), and then the outputs of counters 2 and 3 going high in sequence for
each 10 pulses (‘tens’) and each 100
pulses (‘hundreds’).
This counting operation continues
until the counter 1 output selected by
S1, the counter 2 output selected by
S2 and the counter 3 output selected
by S3 are all high at the same time.
Because the three switches are
connected to the inputs of a NAND
gate, it’s only when they are all high
together that the output of this gate
switches low.
When this occurs, the resulting
negative-going pulse is fed back to the
R-bar (reset) input of FF2, causing it
to be immediately reset. The decade
counters are now disabled and held
in their reset state, so counting stops
and the circuit is switched back to its
‘ready’ state.
At the same time, the negativegoing pulse from the NAND gate is fed
through a pulse stretcher and driver
to turn on the SCR (silicon controlled
rectifier). The SCR conducts, and triggers your electronic flash unit via the
diode bridge and trigger output socket
(CON3).
To sum up, the settings of switches
S1, S2 and S3 allow you to directly
program the time delay between input
It’s all assembled onto a
single PC board with the three
time-setting switches, pot and LEDs
pointing upwards so they can poke through the
front panel. We removed switch S5 to pull the unit apart for
this photo (its two extension wires are still on the PC board) and
of course switch S4 is not normally at quite such a drunken angle!
siliconchip.com.au
February 2009 65
470
K
4.7k
100 F
220k
ELECTRET
MIC IN
220nF
D5
4.7nF
10k
AUDIO SQUARER
10M
10k
22k
8
5
10k
7
IC9b
6
CON1
IC9: LM358
2.2M
2
220k
C
B
3
Q4
BC338
E
1
IC9a
10k
A
4
110k
1 F
AUDIO PREAMP
470
+9V
VR1
50k
SENSITIVITY
12
16
Vdd
11
O9
15
9
MR
O8
6
O7
5
O6
IC6
4017B O5 1
10
O4
7
14
CP0
O3
4
O2
2
O1
3
13
O0
CP1
Vss
100nF
O5-9
22 F
EXT TRIG
CONTACTS
100
1nF
+9V
CON4
COUNTER CLOCK GENERATION
16
100nF
Vdd
SC
S6
9
IC11 SB 10
4053B
11
TP2
12
IC1f
10
2
13
IC3c
14 ZA
12
11
6
100nF
+9V
+9V
12
Vee
Vss
7
8
IC3a
100Hz OR 1kHz
9
14
9
IC1c
1
Vdd
(RESET)
6
2
11
11
X1
38kHz
27pF
SC
IC1e
3
330k
O1
MR
O2
O4
10
10
CP
O5
D2
K
A
O7
4
O8
7
O9
TP1
O10
TPG
Vss
8
O11
+9V
9
7
(2)
6
(4)
5
(8)
3
(16)
12
13
12
14
(32) 3
(64) 4
6
IC3b
(256) 5
7
15
1
PROGRAMMABLE FLASH TRIGGER DELAY
66 Silicon Chip
16
Vdd
11
O9
15
9
MR
O8
6
O7
5
O6
IC4
4017B O5 1
10
O4
7
14
CP0
O3
4
O2
2
O1
3
13
O0
CP1
100Hz OR 1kHz
Vss
100nF
O5-9
2
IC2
4040B O6 4
38kHz
27pF
O0
O3
IC1b
2.2M
2009
TENS
S2
8
IC1: 4069UB
IC1a
100nF
16
100nF
8
IC1d
5
16
Vdd
11
O9
15
9
MR
O8
6
O7
5
O6
IC5
4017B O5 1
10
O4
7
14
CP0
O3
4
O2
2
O1
3
13
O0
CP1
Vss
O5-9
E
1 8 2
A
8
12
13
SA
1ms
D1
K
3
1
SB
15 ZB
14
CLOCK
UNITS
5
TPG
IC3: 4073B
SA
SC
4 ZC
13
10ms
HUNDREDS
S3
UNITS
S1
D3
K
A
8
Fig.2: the circuit is essentially an audio preamp
and shaper plus a counter which controls either
a flash trigger and/or (if available) a camera
shutter after a user-set time delay.
siliconchip.com.au
S4
+9V
4.7k
Q
3
S5
IC10b
5
IC7d
10k
Q
3
2
100nF
6
14
1
2
ARM
13
IC10: 4011B
14
1
TRIGGER
ON/OFF
IC10a
100k
E
B
A
IC7b
5
7,8,9
12,13
8
11
IC7c
Q
4
100
K
6
10
TRIGGERED
LED2
SHUTTER
RELEASE
D
7
Q5
2N7000
G
1k
9
12
9V
BATTERY
C
IC7a
IC7: 4093B
4
470 F
16V
Q2
PN200
S
CON2
COUNTER ENABLE
COUNTER RESET
4.7k
COUNT
GATE
ENABLE
10k
E
B
END OF
COUNT
A
Q3
PN200
C
READY
LED1
K
10k
12
13
IC8: 4093B
IC8d
2
7
PULSE STRETCHER
10k
3
C
B
IC8a
IC8b
5
100nF
14
1
11
E
4
1k
D4
IC8c
SCR1
C106D
G
K
A
9
D9
A
K
6
10
680
Q1
BC338
2.2k
8
K
K
D6
A
A
K
K
D8
D7
A
A
C106D
K
PN200
D6-D9: 1N4004
A
K
B
C
triggering and output flash triggering. This means that if you set S3 for
zero hundreds, S2 for two tens and
S1 for five units, the flash triggering
will be delayed by 25ms (using 1ms
timing pulses) or 250ms (using 10ms
pulses).
Circuit details
The full circuit is shown in Fig.2.
The 38kHz crystal oscillator is based
on inverter IC1a, whose output is
buffered by IC1e to drive IC2, the 4040
counter and IC1b which makes 38kHz
pulses available at test point TP1.
Gates IC3b, IC3c and IC3a together
with triple CMOS switch IC11 (a
4053B) are used to configure IC2 for
division by either 380 or 38 times, to
provide the option of timing pulses
siliconchip.com.au
CON3
10nF
D1-D5: 1N4148
A
FLASH
TRIGGER
E
BC338
LEDS
K
A
2N7000
B
E
G
C
with a frequency of either 100Hz
(38,000/380) or 1kHz (38,000/38). The
division ratio is determined by switch
S6, which controls the state of SA/SB/
SC inside IC11.
The resulting timing pulses are
then sent to pin 13 of IC4 (which corresponds to decade counter 1 in Fig.1),
and also made available at test point
TP2 via buffer IC1f.
In the section of the circuit at upper
left, you’ll see the electret mic input
socket CON1 plus the mic preamp
and squarer circuitry based around
op amps IC9b and IC9a, the LM358.
Op amp IC9b is an inverting amplifier
stage with negative feedback adjusted
via pot VR1, so that its gain can be
varied between 11.5 and 235 times to
set the input sensitivity.
D
G
S
A
K
The preamp output is then fed directly to IC9a, which is configured as
a comparator to ‘square up’ the audio
signal and convert it into a train of
pulses.
The output of IC9a is then used
to switch on transistor Q4, so that
its collector voltage drops quickly
to near-zero after the arrival of the
audio signal. The collector of Q4 is
connected via the 4.7nF coupling/
differentiating capacitor to pin 12 of
gate IC7d, which is the inverter feeding trigger gate IC7c.
External trigger input
The EXT TRIG input comes in via
CON4, which connects directly to
the collector of Q4 via a 100Ω series
resistor (the 1nF shunt capacitor across
February 2009 67
6
5
4
IC6
3
2
4017B
8
S2
9
2
6
8
S1
0
7
4
4004
4040B
2.2k
680
IC2
PN200 A
10k
3
SCR1
C106D
D9
Q1
10k
READY
LED1
K
100nF
1ms
2
6
4004
4004
4004
4093B
4.7k
1k
4148
4148
4148
D2 D3
1
5
3
IC8
100nF
10nF
10k
4.7k
100
10k
4093B
0
7
4
UNITS
8002 ©
1
5
D1
Q3
BC338
10ms
100nF
TPG
S6
CLOCK
UNITS
100nF
TP2
POWER
IC5
4017B
IC4
4017B
100nF
100nF
100nF
TPG
470 F
38kHz
X1
9V
BATTERY
+
S4
TP1
330k
2.2M
1
7
9
19020131
A
PN200
D8
IC1 4069UB
0
LED2
TRIG’D
CON3
+
S3
100nF
100k
1k
4148
D4
K
Q2
TENS
100 F
EL BA M MAR G ORP
YALED HSALF
8
470
S5
D6
IC11 4053B
HUNDREDS
ARM
4.7nF
D5
+
VR1 50k
2.2M
4.7k
+
220k
22 F
Q4
IC7
+
100nF
10M
22k
Q5
BC338
1 F
110k
D7
2N7000
10k
4148
10k
SENSITIVITY
10k
470
CON2
R
10k
100
220k
IC9
LM358
R
9
S
T CON4
1nF
220nF
IC10 4011B
S
T CON1
FLASH
TRIGGER
SHUTTER
RELEASE
IC3 4073B
EXT TRIGGER
CONTACTS
ELECTRET
MIC
27pF
27pF
–
Fig.3: component overlay for the Time Delay PhotoFlash Trigger, from the component side. The longest links can be made
with tinned copper wire – we used insulated type to avoid shorts.
CON4 is used for noise filtering, to
prevent spurious triggering). Hence
the collector circuit of Q4 effectively
forms a ‘wired OR’ gate, as either Q4
or the external contacts can pull it
down to ground and hence begin the
triggering process.
Cross-coupled gates IC10a and
IC10b form control flipflop FF1, while
gates IC7a and IC7b form control
flopflop FF2. So pins 3 and 6 of IC10
is FF1’s Q output, controlling trigger
gate IC7c, while pins 4 and 2 of IC7
are the Q output of FF2 and pins 3 and
5 are its Q-bar output. That’s why the
‘counter enable’ signal from pins 4 and
2 is taken back to pin 14 of IC4 (counter
1), as this is effectively the counter’s
enable input. Similarly the ‘counter
reset’ signal from pins 3 and 5 of FF2
is taken back to pin 15 of IC4, IC5 and
IC6 – the MR pin for these devices.
The NAND gate used to combine the
count outputs from switches S1, S2
and S3 is formed by diodes D1-D3 plus
IC8d (connected as an inverter) and the
10kΩ resistor connected between its
pin 13 input and the +9V rail.
This input of IC8d can therefore
only rise to logic ‘high’ level when
the cathodes of diodes D1, D2 and D3
are all high. This only occurs when
68 Silicon Chip
the counter outputs selected by S1, S2
and S3 are all high at the same time.
IC8d’s output at pin 11 then goes low.
This pin is connected back to pin 13
of IC7d, which is the control flipflop’s
R-bar input.
The remaining circuitry at lower
right of Fig.2 forms the pulse stretching and SCR driver block. Gates IC8a,
IC8b and IC8c, together with diode D4
and the 1kΩ resistor/10nF capacitor
combination form a one-shot monostable to stretch the very narrow ‘end
of count’ pulse from IC8d. Transistor
Q1 functions as a buffer to apply the
stretched pulse to the gate of SCR1, to
switch it on. When SCR1 conducts it
triggers the electronic flash via diode
bridge D6-D9 and the flash trigger
output socket CON3.
The complete circuit runs from a 9V
alkaline battery, with S4 as the on/off
switch. Unless you take a LOT of photos
(or forget to turn the power switch off!),
battery life should be very long indeed
– probably approaching shelf life.
Construction
Virtually all of the circuitry and
components used in the flash delay
unit are mounted on a single PC board,
coded 13102091 and measuring 185 x
102mm. The board has rounded cutouts in each corner so that it fits snugly
inside a standard UB2 size jiffy box,
measuring 197 x 113 x 63mm.
The shafts of switches S1-S3 protrude through the box lid (which becomes the front panel) along with the
power switch S4 and the two indicator
LEDs. The battery fits inside the box
underneath the PC board assembly,
while all four input/output connectors
are accessed via holes in the upper rear
of the box itself.
A small hole top left of the front
panel allows screwdriver access to
the sensitivity pot underneath. This
should rarely need adjustment after
the first time.
Incidentally, we specify 3.5mm
stereo sockets only because mono PC
board-mounting types are virtually
impossible to obtain. We obviously
only use them as mono (ie, the “ring”
terminal is left unconnected). Mono
line plugs can of course be used – these
are commonly available.
The PC board overlay diagram of
Fig.3 shows where all of the components are placed. Follow this diagram
and the internal photo carefully, to
build up the project without any
problems.
siliconchip.com.au
The matching photograph (to the component overlay) also shows all component placement. We used DIL sockets for the
ICs – they're cheap enough and make both assembly and any later troubleshooting much simpler!
Parts List – Time Delay PhotoFlash Trigger
1
1
3
2
1
1
2
2
5
5
1
9
1
6
6
7
1
PC board, code 13102091, 186 x 102mm
UB2 size jiffy box (197 x 113 x 63mm)
1 pole 12 position rotary switches (S1-S3)
Mini SPDT toggle switches (S4,S6)
Mini pushbutton switch, momentary NO (S5)
38kHz quartz 'watch' crystal (X1)
3.5mm stereo sockets, PC board mtg
(CON1,CON4)
2.5mm concentric DC connectors (CON2,CON3)
14-pin DIL sockets, PC board mtg
16-pin DIL sockets, PC board mtg
8-pin DIL socket, PC board mtg
1mm PC board terminal pins
9V battery clip lead
25mm long M3 tapped spacers
6mm long M3 screws, countersink head
6mm long M3 screws, pan head
M3 hex nut
Semiconductors
1 4069UB hex inverter (IC1)
1 4040B binary counter (IC2)
1 4073B triple AND gate(IC3)
3 4017B decade counter (IC4-IC6)
2 4093B quad Schmitt NAND (IC7,IC8)
1 LM358 dual op amp (IC9)
1 4011B quad NAND (IC10)
1 4053B triple SPDT switch (IC11)
siliconchip.com.au
2
2
1
1
1
1
5
4
BC338 (Q1,Q4)
PN200 (Q2,Q3)
2N7000 (Q5)
C106D SCR (SCR1)
5mm LED, green (LED1)
5mm LED, red (LED2)
1N4148 diodes(D1-D5)
1N4004 power diodes (D6-D9)
Capacitors
1 470μF 16V RB electrolytic
1 100μF 16V RB electrolytic
1 22μF 25V tag tantalum
1 1μF 35V tag tantalum
1 220nF MKT metallised polyester
1 100nF MKT metallised polyester
8 100nF multilayer monolithic
1 10nF MKT metallised polyester
1 4.7nF MKT metallised polyester
1 1nF MKT metallised polyester
2 27pF NPO disc ceramic
Resistors (0.25W 1% unless specified)
1 10MΩ
2 2.2MΩ 1 330kΩ
1 110k
1 100k
8 10kΩ
2 2.2kΩ
2 1kΩ
1 680Ω
1 100Ω
1 50kΩ potentiometer (VR1)
2 220kΩ
3 4.7kΩ
1 470Ω
February 2009 69
Fully assembled and ready to place in the UB2 box
(drilling detail at right). The front panel has holes for
the six switches and two LEDs, along with the six screw
holes which hold the panel to the threaded standoffs. We
covered these with the front panel in the final version.
Here is the suggested order for assembling the board:
1. Fit the four input/output connectors along the rear edge of the board.
2. Then fit the various wire links.
There are 13 of these in all, eight of
which are 0.4 inches long and can
easily be made from resistor lead
offcuts. The remaining five are somewhat longer, and will need to be made
from lengths of tinned copper wire
(pulled straight so there is no risk of
them touching another link or component).
3. After the links fit the six terminal
pins. Four of these are mounted in the
usual from-the-top fashion, for the
two test points (TP1, TP2) and their
accompanying ground pins.
The remaining two pins are used for
the battery clip lead terminations, just
to the right of the mounting position
for S4 (at lower right). These pins are
mounted from under the board, so
there is plenty of pin left under the
board for soldering the ends of the
clip lead wires.
4. Now fit the IC sockets, making
sure that you fit each one with the orientation shown in the overlay diagram
so they guide you later in plugging in
the ICs correctly. Note that a socket is
not used for RLY1, because this is best
soldered directly into the board.
5. Next fit the four three-pin SIL
headers used for LK1-LK3.
6. After these fit all of the fixed
resistors. These are not polarised, but
make sure you fit each one in its correct
position using the overlay diagram as a
guide. If necessary use your multimeter/DMM to confirm the values before
soldering them in position.
7. Next fit trimpot VR1. The board
has holes to allow you to use either
standard size of horizontal trimpot,
so whichever kind you use there
shouldn’t be a problem.
8. Now fit the smaller disc ceramic
and multilayer monolithic ceramic
capacitors, which are again not polarised.
9. Follow these with the electrolytic
caps. There are only three of these
(counting the 22μF tantalum unit),
but they are polarised so watch their
orientation.
10. Now you can fit the diodes,
which are again all polarised. Take
care here also to fit the 1N4148 ‘signal’
diodes in positions D1-D4, and the
1N4004 ‘power’ diodes in positions
D5-D9.
11. After the diodes fit the four
transistors, again watching their orientation but in this case also making
Resistor Colour Codes
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
No.
1
2
1
2
1
1
8
3
2
2
1
1
1
70 Silicon Chip
Value
10MΩ
2.2MΩ
330kΩ
220kΩ
110kΩ
100kΩ
10kΩ
4.7kΩ
2.2kΩ
1kΩ
680Ω
470Ω
100Ω
4-Band Code (1%)
brown black blue brown
red red green brown
orange orange yellow brown
red red yellow brown
brown brown yellow brown
brown black yellow brown
brown black orange brown
yellow violet red brown
red red red brown
brown black red brown
red red brown brown
yellow violet brown brown
brown black brown brown
5-Band Code (1%)
brown black black green brown
red red black yellow brown
orange orange black orange brown
red red black orange brown
brown brown black orange brown
brown black black orange brown
brown black black red brown
yellow violet black brown brown
red red black brown brown
brown black black brown brown
red red black black brown
yellow violet black black brown
brown black black black brown
siliconchip.com.au
E
C
17.5
40.5
60.75
80
C
D
38.0
E
(ALL DIMENSIONS IN MILLIMETRES)
18.0
A
44.5
BOX LID/FRONT PANEL
B
20.25
B
B
40.5
13
F
80
HOLES C: 6.0mm DIAMETER HOLES E: 3mm DIAMETER CSK
HOLES D: 5.0mm DIAMETER HOLE F: 12.0mm DIAMETER
Value
220nF
100nF
10nF
4.7nF
1nF
27pF
μF Code
0.22μF
0.1μF
0.01μF
.0047μF
.001μF
NA
siliconchip.com.au
IEC Code
220n
100n
10n
4n7
1n0
27p
EIA Code
224
104
103
472
102
27
E
45.75
45.75
E
HOLES A: 9.0mm DIAMETER
HOLES B: 7.0mm DIAMETER
A
44.5
21.5
A
19.0
CL
E
E
19.0
20.25
A
B
D
UPPER/REAR SIDE OF BOX (INVERTED)
Fig.4: drilling detail for the UB2 Jiffy Box which houses the unit.
CL
Capacitor Codes
sure that you fit the BC338 transistors
in positions Q1 and Q4, while the
PN200 transistors go in positions Q2
and Q3.
12. Now fit the 38kHz crystal X1.
This is very small, so handle it carefully to avoid damaging it. Both of its
leads are cranked outwards slightly
and bent down by 90° about 3mm from
the case, so that the crystal can lay
on the top of the board with its leads
passing down through the matching
board holes.
When the leads are soldered to
their pads underneath, bend a resistor
lead offcut into a ‘U’ shape and slip it
down over the crystal case, with its
ends passing down through the two
additional holes. The ends can then
be soldered to the copper underneath
February 2009 71
so that the wire ‘U’ will act as a holddown.
13. Next fit the three rotary switches
S1-S3, after cutting each of their spindles to a length of 18mm and smoothing off any burrs with a small file.
These switches fit directly into the
board but will only fit in with one orientation. This is where the single rotor
72 Silicon Chip
pin is in the ‘three o’clock’ position.
Note that when you have fitted the
switches and soldered all of their pins
to the pads underneath, it’s a good idea
to program each switch to have a range
of 10 positions.
To do this, unscrew the nut from the
threaded ferrule and then remove both
the star lockwasher and the indexing
DELAY TIME (UNITS = 10ms OR 1ms)
www.siliconchip.com.au
SILICON
CHIP
TENS
HUNDREDS
0
DELAY TIME (UNITS = 1ms OR 10ms)
9
0
1
8
1
9
2
7
2
6
5
4
3
TIME DELAY PHOTOFLASH TRIGGER
POWER
UNITS
0
1
8
2
7
6
5
4
3
PRESS
TO ARM
ELECTRET
SENSITIVITY
DELAY
UNITS
10ms
5
4
3
TRIGGERED
6
9
8
7
1ms
READY
DELAYED
FLASH
TRIGGER OUT
CAMERA
SHUTTER
RELEASE
EXTERNAL
TRIGGER
CONTACTS (NO)
ELECTRET
MICROPHONE
INPUT
Fig. 5: same-size front panel artwork which can be photocopied or
downloaded from siliconchip.com.au.
stop washer. Then after turning the
spindle anticlockwise as far as it will
go, replace the stop washer with its
cranked indexing pin passing down
into the rectangular hole between the
numbers ‘10’ and ‘11’ moulded into
the plastic.
After this, place the lockwasher over
the indexing washer, and finally screw
on the nut again to hold it all together.
You’ll find that once this is done each
switch will have only 10 positions.
14. Now fit the SCR, which mounts
flat against the top of the board with
its ‘metal plate’ side uppermost. The
three leads of the device are bent down
by 90° 6mm away from body and the
outer leads cranked slightly outwards,
so all three will pass easily down
through the holes in the board. Then
after the leads have been soldered to
the pads underneath, the SCR is held
down to the board using an M3 x 6mm
screw and nut.
15. Fit the reed relay RLY1, orientated as shown in the overlay diagram.
Note that although the relay has the
same ‘footprint’ as a 14-pin DIL IC, it
has only eight pins – four at each end.
These pins should all be soldered to
the pads underneath, to hold the relay
firmly in place.
16. Next fit the two LEDs, remembering that LED1 is the green LED and
LED2 is the red LED. Both should be
fitted with their cathode (‘flat’) side
towards the top of the board, with the
leads left straight and measuring about
18-19mm between the bottom of the
LED body and the top of the board.
17. The final wiring steps are to
solder the ends of the battery clip lead
wires to the terminal pins under the
board (making sure you connect the
red positive lead to the upper ‘+’ pin),
and then fit power switch S4 just to
the left of these pins.
Note that this switch does not mount
directly on the board, but via three
short lengths of hookup or tinned
copper wire so that the switch itself
can be mounted to the box lid/front
panel. For the moment though, just
solder the three wires to the lugs on
the rear of the switch, and solder the
ends of the wires to the pads under
the board. The wires should each be
about 12mm long.
18. Your board assembly should
now be complete, apart from plugging
the various ICs into their sockets. So
do this now, making sure that you
plug each one into its correct position
siliconchip.com.au
and with the correct orientation.
Checkout time
Your flash delay unit board should
now be ready for a quick functional
checkout. To do this, first connect
switches S4, S5 and S6 to the board
using short lengths (say 25mm) of
hookup wire.Then set clock switch
S6 to the 10ms position, set the three
rotary switches S3-S2-S1 to a setting
of say ‘500’ and connect the clip lead
to a suitable 9V alkaline battery . Then
turn on power switch S4. You should
find that the red ‘triggered’ LED glows
briefly but then goes dark and the green
‘ready’ LED1 begins glowing.
If you have access to an oscilloscope
or a frequency counter, you can check
that the board’s clock oscillator is
working correctly by checking the
signal at test point TP1. You should
find a 38kHz square wave of around
9V peak-to-peak. You can also check
the timing pulses at TP2, which should
have a frequency of 100Hz if you have
switched S6 to the ‘10ms delay steps’
option. If you switch S6 to the ‘1ms
steps’ option the frequency should
change to 1kHz.
If all seems well so far, try plugging a 3.5mm jack plug into CON4
and then shorting its ‘tip’ and ‘sleeve’
connection lugs together with a short
length of wire. You should find that
nothing happens when you first do
this, because the control circuit has
not been ‘armed’.
But if you now press S5 briefly and
try again, this time LED1 should turn
off and LED2 turn on, indicating that
the circuit has been triggered. And
it should remain in this state for five
seconds, if you have set S3-S1 for
‘500’ and S6 for 10ms (500 x 10ms
= 5000ms or 5s). At the end of this
time it should switch itself back to
the ‘ready’ state, with LED2 dark and
LED1 glowing again.
Assuming this is what you find, your
delay unit is almost certainly working
correctly. So switch off the power, because you should now be ready for the
final assembly step: fitting the board
assembly into the box.
Final assembly
Before you can fit the unit into its
box, you may need to drill the various holes in the box first – unless you
are building it from a kit with a prepunched box and lid.
There are not many holes to drill as
siliconchip.com.au
Making a custom microphone
If you want to make use of the delay
unit’s sound triggering option, you’ll need
to make up a custom microphone lead.
This is very straightforward, as you can
see from the diagram below. The only
components involved are a 3.5mm mono
or stereo plug, a suitable length of screened
single-core microphone cable and a small
electret microphone insert.
At the microphone insert end of the
cable, just make sure that the screening
braid connects to the ‘earthy’ pin or pad
of the insert – i.e., the one which is clearly
connected to the metal case of the insert.
The cable’s inner wire connects to the other
pin or pad. At the other end, the centre wire
connects to the plug’s ‘tip’ connection lug,
while the screening braid connects to the
‘sleeve’ lug (the one which connects to the
body of the plug).
ELECTRET
MICROPHONE
INSERT
SCREEN BRAID
CONNECTS TO
INSERT CASE
Needless to say making up a cable for
the delay unit’s ‘contact closure’ input is
even simpler. Here all you need is a 3.5mm
mono or stereo plug plus a suitable length
of screened cable, connected to the plug
in exactly the same way as with the microphone. At the other end the inner wire
and screening braid are simply connected
to the two contacts (normally open) of the
sensor unit you’re using to provide your
‘triggering event’.
Parts required
1 miniature electret microphone
insert
1 3.5mm mono or stereo line plug
Suitable length shielded
microphone cable
ACTIVE WIRE CONNECTS TO
'TIP' LUG
SUITABLE LENGTH
OF SCREENED
MIC CABLE
you can see from the drilling diagram,
so preparing the box and its lid won’t
take very long.
If you are building the unit up ‘from
scratch’ rather than from a kit, you may
also want to fit the lid with a copy of
the front panel artwork. This can be
photocopied onto an A4 size adhesive
label, and then cut to size before peeling off the backing and sticking it to the
lid. To protect it from dirt and ‘finger
grease’ you can then cover it with some
clear adhesive film or, as we often do,
laminate it (A4 laminators and sleeves
are now ridiculously cheap!).
The board assembly mounts on the
underside of the box lid via six M3
x 25mm tapped spacers, using countersink-head M3 screws to attach the
spacers to the lid and pan-head screws
to attach the board to the spacers.
Just before you screw everything
together, though, you need to mount
switches S4, S5 and S6 in their respective positions on the lid/front panel,
and also fit the lugs of each switch
with a 25mm length of tinned copper
wire. These will pass down through
the matching holes in the board when
3.5mm STEREO
PLUG
SCREEN BRAID
CONNECTS TO
'SLEEVE' LUG
it’s brought up to the spacers, and are
soldered to the pads underneath.
Note that pushbutton switch S5 (the
“arm” switch mounts through the front
panel from above, secured by a nut
underneath the panel, while S4 and S6
mount through the panel from below
and are secured with nuts from above.
When you are attaching the board to
the lid/front panel via the spacers, take
care to ensure that the tops of the two
LEDs protrude through their matching holes, as do the rotary switch and
pot spindles through their own holes.
Needless to say you also have to ensure
that the wires from the lid-mounted
switches pass down through their own
holes in the board. This is a bit fiddly
but not difficult if you take it slowly.
All four of the input/output connectors CON1-CON4 are accessed through
holes in the rear side of the box itself,
with identification labels along the top
of the front panel. As noted before,
the unit’s battery simply sits in the
bottom of the box, held in place by
either a small bracket fashioned from
sheet aluminium or even secured with
a length of ‘gaffer’ tape.
SC
February 2009 73
SILICON
CHIP
If you are seeing a blank page here, it is
more than likely that it contained advertising
which is now out of date and the advertiser
has requested that the page be removed to
prevent misunderstandings.
Please feel free to visit the advertiser’s website:
www.altronics.com.au/
SILICON
CHIP
If you are seeing a blank page here, it is
more than likely that it contained advertising
which is now out of date and the advertiser
has requested that the page be removed to
prevent misunderstandings.
Please feel free to visit the advertiser’s website:
www.altronics.com.au/
SILICON
CHIP
If you are seeing a blank page here, it is
more than likely that it contained advertising
which is now out of date and the advertiser
has requested that the page be removed to
prevent misunderstandings.
Please feel free to visit the advertiser’s website:
www.altronics.com.au/
SILICON
CHIP
If you are seeing a blank page here, it is
more than likely that it contained advertising
which is now out of date and the advertiser
has requested that the page be removed to
prevent misunderstandings.
Please feel free to visit the advertiser’s website:
www.altronics.com.au/
Pt.3: By Mauro Grassi
Multi-Purpose Car
Scrolling Display
User Software Instructions & Features Descriptions
In Pt.3 this month, we describe how the MultiPurpose Car Scrolling Display is connected
to the car and used. It’s driven using a simple
command-line program.
W
HEN YOU HAVE built and tested
the PC boards and installed the
driver and software as explained in last
month’s article, you will then need to
use the host program for calibration,
to change preferences and to set up
the features of the display.
This is done using a PC (a laptop
is preferable if the device is already
installed in a car), a USB cable and
the command line program for Windows: cardisplay.exe (downloadable
from the SILICON CHIP website at www.
siliconchip.com.au).
78 Silicon Chip
There are many user-changeable
settings but the software is organised
into multiple-choice menus which
should make it clear to use. We should
point out that in most cases, the default
values will not need changing – you
can use them as they are.
Aside from the main features described in the December 2008 issue
of SILICON CHIP, there are several other
features. These are battery protection
(if using a car’s battery as the power
source), dependent variables and
limit condition messages. The latter
are messages that, in the two scrolling
display modes, will alert you when a
variable is too low or too high. As previously mentioned, in Static Display
mode, flashing and reversed modes
indicate the limit conditions.
With dependent variables, you can
display temperature in both degrees
Celsius and Fahrenheit. More generally, you can display the same reading
in different units, or show a corrected
speed reading, for example.
When using the display in a car,
with the car’s battery supplying power,
you can enable battery protection to
switch off the display when the battery level drops below a set minimum.
The display will then go into standby
mode with a current drain typically
around 10mA.
This mode is also recommended if
siliconchip.com.au
you want to use running totals that
persist over many on/off cycles.
Connecting Sensors
The Car Scrolling Display can monitor up to six different sensors. For a
Voltage/Resistance sensor, connect the
output of the sensor to one of the four
input channels on CON3 (referred to
as AN0-AN3). For a sensor with a varying voltage (eg, oxygen sensor), you
should connect its ground reference
to pin 6 of CON3. For a sensor with
a varying resistance (eg, thermistors),
you should connect its other end to
pin 1 of CON3 (+5V rail).
For a Frequency/Duty Cycle sensor,
connect the output of the sensor to one
of the two input channels on CON2
(referred to as FQ0-FQ1). You should
also connect the ground reference to
pin 1 of CON2. If you want to measure
fuel injector duty cycle, for example,
connect the fuel injector signal to
one of the input pins of CON2 – see
Table 1.
Connecting Relays & Buzzers
If you plan on using at least one of
the two digital output channels for
switching a relay or buzzer on a limit
condition (a reading that is too high
or too low), you should connect the
relay or buzzer to CON4.
Note that if you are powering the
Car Scrolling Display solely from USB
power (+5V) then neither relays nor
buzzers will work on the output channels, because they take their positive
supply from pin 4 of CON1 (the power
supply input pin). Using USB power
only does allow you to do everything
else though, including data logging
and powering the display.
There are two relay/buzzer outputs,
referred to here as Output 0 and Output 1. Output 0 corresponds to pins
1 (-) and 2 (+) of CON4 while Output
1 corresponds to pins 3 (+) and 4 (-)
of CON4. For relays, which are not
polarised, the coil is connected across
pins 1 & 2 or across pins 3 & 4. You
should connect buzzers with the correct polarity, however.
Connecting The Supply
There are two options when connecting power. One way is to connect
the ignition-switched +12V supply
from your car’s battery to pin 4 of
CON1 while connecting the negative
terminal of the battery to either pin 2
or 3 of CON1 (it is immaterial which).
siliconchip.com.au
Physical Channel
Physical Input Pin
Measurement Type
0 (AN0)
Pin 5 of CON3
Voltage/Resistance
1 (AN1)
Pin 4 of CON3
Voltage/Resistance
2 (AN2)
Pin 3 of CON3
Voltage/Resistance
3 (AN3)
Pin 2 of CON3
Voltage/Resistance
4 (FQ0)
Pin 2 of CON2
Frequency/Duty Cycle
5 (FQ1)
Pin 3 of CON2
Frequency/Duty Cycle
Table.1: this table shows the pin-outs of the six channels. You connect the output
of your sensor to either CON2 or CON3, depending on whether it is a voltage/
resistance sensor or a frequency/duty cycle sensor – see text.
You then connect the positive battery
terminal to pin 1 of CON1 (for battery
level measurements).
With this configuration, the “off”
state current drain (the current drain
when the Car Scrolling Display has
shut down) is very small and is essentially determined by the 66kΩ
loading on the battery sense input (the
input impedance of the ADC input,
which is very high, is in parallel with
the 10kΩ resistor). It works out to be
roughly 200μA.
Unfortunately, with this power supply connection, three features of the
Car Scrolling Display will not be available: battery protection, automatic
shutdown and wake-up, and persistent
running totals (see below for explanations of these features).
For cars that are driven frequently,
say at least once a week, and to ensure
all features of the Car Scrolling Display
will function correctly, you should
reverse the positive supply connections. In other words, connect the
(unswitched) +12V battery line to pin
4 of CON1 and the ignition-switched
+12V to pin 1 of CON1.
The only penalty is that when the
Car Scrolling Display shuts down (for
example, when you switch off the
ignition), the display will still draw
standby current – around 10mA. If that
is a problem, you will need to connect
the display to the car’s battery in the
alternative way described above.
Connecting A Computer
The next thing to do is to connect
the Car Scrolling Display to a computer
running Windows, using a USB cable.
You can do this at any time to change
settings, calibrate the sensors and to
do real-time data-logging.
In last month’s article, we guided
you through the installation of the
Windows Driver, and the PC host program. You may want to create a short-
Fig.1: this screen grab from Windows
XP shows the properties of the
command prompt shortcut used
with the program cardisplay.exe.
We suggest you use size 16 Lucida
Console font, while the window width
should be 125 and the height 58.
cut to the command window to go on
your Windows Desktop. The guggested
settings are shown in Fig.1. Change
these by right clicking on the shortcut
icon and going to “Properties”.
The line width should be at least
120 characters, as the program can
output some very long lines, which
will otherwise wrap around and be
difficult to read.
When cardisplay.exe is run without
command line options, it will display
the help message listing the available
options. The full list of command line
options is shown in Table.2.
Setting Name & Unit Strings
Each of the four values of each variable has an associated name and unit
string. The default name strings are
of the form VarD(N) where D is the
February 2009 79
Fig.2: typical limit condition messages in the two scrolling modes. When a
reading is below the minimum or above the maximum, you will periodically be
warned about this. You set the minimum and maximum values by running the
command cardisplay -v and choosing the “Change the Minimum & Maximum
Values & Hysteresis” option.
variable number (0-5) and N is the
value number (0-3). For example, the
default name of reading 2 of variable 3
is Var3(2). The default unit strings are
similarly of the form UnitD(N).
For example, if you are measuring
engine RPM, you could choose the
name “Engine Revs” and the unit
“RPM”. To do this, run the command:
cardisplay -v and choose the “Change
the Name and Unit of the Variable”.
Once you’ve chosen the variable name
and its units, select the “Exit and Save”
option and they will be saved to nonvolatile memory.
Remember that you will also need to
add the reading to the display queue
as explained in the section titled
“Changing The Displayed Readings &
Their Order” (see below), for it to be
displayed.
Setting Minimum &
Maximum Values
Fig.3: this screen grab was obtained by running the command cardisplay -o. It
shows the output configuration menu and this is used to set up the two digital
outputs to drive buzzers or relays, depending on limit conditions. In this
example, the second output is disabled, while the first output controls a relay
that will switch off when the battery voltage drops below 11.0V.
Fig.4: how to use the command cardisplay -o to set up a relay connected to
Output 1. In this example, we have followed the prompts to set up the relay to
switch on when the battery voltage exceeds the set maximum value of 13.8V. The
choices are made at each step by pressing the appropriate key (we’ve selected
options b, b, a, g & d here). Choose “Exit & Save” for the changes to take effect.
80 Silicon Chip
Next, you can also set the minimum
and maximum values for the reading,
by running the command cardisplay
-v and choosing the “Change the
Minimum and Maximum Values &
Hysteresis” option.
Visible cues depend on the minimum and maximum values you enter.
Recall from the first part of the article,
that in the Static Display mode, the
readings will flash when below the
minimum and flash reversed when
above the maximum.
In the other two scrolling display
modes, there will be periodic warning
messages as shown in Fig.2. If you are
also planning to use one of the two
digital outputs to monitor a reading
and have a relay switch on or off or a
buzzer sound on the extremes, these
are also the values that determine the
on/off switching of the relay or buzzer.
For example, for a 12V car battery,
a typical minimum value would be
11V and a typical maximum would
be 13.8V. For cabin temperature, you
might choose 16°C for the minimum
and 32°C as a maximum.
If you would like to monitor a reading and have a relay switch on or off
on a limit condition, or have a buzzer
beep, you should configure one of the
two digital outputs as follows.
Setting Up A Relay
Setting up a relay to switch on or
off on a limit condition is easy. Run
the command cardisplay -o to enter
the output configuration menu as
siliconchip.com.au
Command
cardisplay or cardisplay –h
cardisplay –x:N or
cardisplay –q:N
cardisplay –v
(‘v’ is for variable)
Function
Example
Show all available command
line options (help).
View real time information from
variable number N, where N is
in the range 0-5. The –x option
is useful for troubleshooting
cardisplay
The available command line options will be
shown.
cardisplay -q:0
Shows information on variable 0 including
all real time readings.
Go to the variable setup menu.
cardisplay –d (‘d’ is for display) Go to the display menu.
cardisplay –v
cardisplay –d
Result
You can change all variable settings, like
minimum and maximum values, enable or
disable averaging mode, change the name
and unit strings for the variable, among
others.
You can change which readings are
displayed and in what order, among other
things. The menu options are listed in Fig.6.
cardisplay –i
(‘i’ is for information)
Display Information about the
Car Scrolling Display, including
system settings
cardisplay –i
Displays the current values of the settings,
including system settings.
cardisplay –e
(‘e’ is for extended)
Display extended information
about the Car Scrolling Display.
cardisplay –e
Displays extended information including
internal settings useful for troubleshooting,
if needed.
cardisplay –c
(‘c’ is for calibration)
Go to the calibration menu.
cardisplay –c
Follow the on screen prompts.
cardisplay –o
(‘o’ is for outputs)
Go to the output configuration
menu.
cardisplay –o
Start real-time data logging
up to N samples or until
interrupted by the user.
Start real-time data logging up
cardisplay –l:N:<filename>
to N samples and store as file
<filename> in .csv format.
to the system settings
cardisplay –s (‘s’ is for system) Go
menu.
Write all settings to a file for
cardisplay –w:<filename>
later recall.
Read all settings from a
cardisplay –r:<filename>
previously created file.
Reset the Car Scrolling Display
cardisplay –r
and restore all default values.
cardisplay –u:N
cardisplay –u:100
Cardisplay “–l:2000:my
Data Log”
cardisplay –s
Allows you to configure the two digital
outputs for connecting relays or buzzers.
The menu options are listed in Fig.4.
Capture 100 samples in real time at the set
logging frequency and dump the data to a
.csv file – see Fig.9.
Capture 2000 samples in real time at the set
logging frequency and dump the data to a
file.
Change any system settings. The menu
options are shown in Fig.5.
cardisplay “-w:mySettings” Saves all settings to the file mySettings.
cardisplay “-r:mySettings” Restores all settings from the file
mySettings.
Resets the car scrolling display and restores
cardisplay –r
all default values.
Table.2: this table shows the command line options for the PC program “cardisplay.exe” running on your Windows OS.
You can use a laptop to connect to the Car Scrolling Display if it is already installed in your car. You will need a USB
cable and the PC host program will allow you to log your car’s signals in real time.
shown in Fig.3. Note that the current
settings of the two digital outputs will
be shown.
Choose the “Set Up a Relay” option. Then choose the digital output
connected to the relay you wish to
control. You then select one of the four
operating modes:
(a) Relay switches on at a maximum
condition.
(b) Relay switches off at a maximum
condition.
(c) Relay switches on at a minimum
condition.
(d) Relay switches off at a minimum
condition.
You then choose the variable to
monitor and the relay output will be
set up. A complete procedure is shown
in the screen grab of Fig.4.
siliconchip.com.au
Note that each variable has its own
hysteresis value (shown as a percentage) which is settable by running the
command cardisplay -v and choosing
the “Change the Minimum and Maximum values & Hysteresis” option.
A typical value will be 10%. This
affects how a relay connected to one
of the two digital outputs is switched
on or off.
Suppose for example, that the
minimum and maximum values for
the battery voltage are set at 11.0V
and 13.8V respectively, with the hysteresis at 5%.
If the relay is set to switch on at a
maximum condition, then the relay
will switch on whenever the battery
voltage is above 13.8V and switch off
whenever the battery voltage is below
95% of the maximum value, ie, below
13.1V.
Setting Up A Buzzer
Again, run the command cardisplay -o. This time, select the “Set Up
a Buzzer” option, then choose one of
the two digital outputs and the variable the buzzer applies to. Remember
that the buzzer will emit two short
beeps when the reading is below the
minimum and one long beep when the
reading is above the maximum. Recall
also that beeping is only enabled in the
Static Display mode.
Changing System Settings
There are a few system settings
which can be set by running the command cardisplay -s. You will be given
February 2009 81
Fig.5: this shows the result of running the command cardisplay -s to change
system settings. The value of the setting is shown and you are prompted to enter
a new value. In each case, pressing ENTER retains the old value. For the Enable/
Disable settings, you press either e (for Enable) or d (for Disable). When the
settings have been entered, the new settings are displayed.
in Static Display mode when a limit
condition occurs. The smaller the
number, the shorter the time that the
reading will be seen.
(c) Readings Rounding Off Mode: you
can enable or disable rounding off of
readings. If enabled, rounding will
be applied to all readings, depending
on how many digits after the decimal
point are set for that variable.
For example, if a variable is set
to show two digits after the decimal
point and the reading is 123.5565, the
display will show 123.56 (with rounding enabled) rather than 123.55 (with
rounding disabled).
(d) Zero Accumulators at Power On:
you can enable or disable setting all
accumulators to 0.0 when the display
is powered on. Disabling is useful if
you want persistent running totals, ie,
totals that retain their value when you
switch off the ignition.
(e) Automatic Wake-Up On Battery
Sense: enable this to have the display
turn on automatically when power is
detected at the battery sense input.
(f) Readings’ Update Frequency (Log
ged): you can set the readings’ update
frequency for data logging from 0.2Hz
to 8Hz. Note that the readings’ update
frequency for normal display mode is
always half of this value.
Display Settings Menu
Fig.6: by running the command cardisplay -d, you can enter the display settings
menu. Here you can add readings you want to show or hide readings you no
longer want to display. You can also change the order of the displayed readings,
the scrolling speed of the display and the minimum and maximum brightness
levels.
the current value of each system setting
and prompted to enter a new value. In
all cases, pressing ENTER retains the
current value. Again, in most cases, the
default system settings probably will
not need to be changed.
A typical screen grab is shown in
Fig.5. Note that some are Enable/DisFig.7: this is the message that will
scroll when the battery level drops
below the set minimum. The Car
Scrolling Display will protect the
battery by shutting down to standby
mode.
82 Silicon Chip
able settings and you simply type ‘e’
or ‘d’ to enable or disable respectively.
The system settings are:
(a) Minor delay: this is a number in
multiples of 16ms that sets the delay
for flashing and reverse flashing in
Static Display mode. The smaller the
number, the shorter the time that the
readings will be off (if flashing to indicate minimum condition) or reversed
(if flashing in reverse to indicate a
maximum condition).
(b) Major delay: this is a number in
multiples of 16ms that sets the time
that the actual reading is displayed
Once you’ve set up a variable, you
can select which readings to display
using the display settings menu. You
can also select the order in which the
readings are displayed, the minimum
and maximum display brightness and
the scrolling speed.
Ambient Light Level Response
The ambient light level is used to
automatically dim the display when
the light level drops. This can be
overridden by setting the minimum
and maximum brightness levels. The
higher the number, the brighter is the
display. If you set the minimum to
be equal to the maximum, then the
brightness will be fixed.
If, for example, you set the minimum to 100 and the maximum to 250,
the brightness will vary between these
extremes, depending on the ambient
light level. It is usually desirable to
have a dimmer display when the am-
siliconchip.com.au
bient level drops. It will also result in
lower current drain.
The scrolling speed (applicable to
the two scrolling display modes) can
be varied. The lower the scrolling
delay (measured in milliseconds), the
faster the scrolling will be.
To set the minimum and maximum
brightness as well as the scrolling
speed, run the command cardisplay
-d and choose the “Change Display
Settings” option.
Changing the Displayed
Readings & Their Order
The display menu also allows you
to select up to 10 readings to display
and choose the order in which they
appear. Note that the first reading
cannot be hidden, so there will always
be at least one reading to display. The
accumulator of each variable can also
be displayed.
When the accumulator is displayed
in any of the two scrolling modes, the
name string will be that of the value
which it is summing with a ‘(+)’ suffixed to indicate that the accumulator rather than the value is being
displayed.
To change which readings are displayed and in what order, or to hide
or add a reading, run the command
cardisplay -d and choose the appropriate options as shown in the screen
grab in Fig.6. For example, choose
“Change Order of Display Object” and
select an object from the list of currently displayed readings. Then use
the arrow keys to move the reading
up or down in order.
Battery Protection, Automatic
Wake-Up On Battery Sense
With the correct power supply connection, you can enable automatic
wake-up on battery sense and battery
protection. Recall that the Car Scrolling Display will go into standby mode
(drawing only very small currents)
when it detects that the battery voltage has dropped below the minimum
(it will, however, not go into standby
mode if USB power is available).
The delay from detecting the low
battery condition to the Car Scrolling
Display shutting down (with a message as shown in Fig.7) can be set by
running the command cardisplay -s.
siliconchip.com.au
The setting to change is the “Battery
Protection Delay”. This delay is useful,
for example, if you are running a cooling pump from a relay on the digital
outputs and you want it to operate for
a while after the ignition key has been
switched off.
When you enable automatic wakeup on battery sense, the Car Scrolling
Display will turn on when it detects
that the battery level is above the minimum. You can enable or disable this
by running the command cardisplay
-s. The setting to change is “Automatic
Wake Up on Battery Sense”.
Note that when you see the message
in Fig.7 and the Car Scrolling Display
goes into standby mode, you can manually force the display to wake up by
pressing the pushbutton on the front
panel. Keep it pressed for 10 seconds
or so and the display will turn on.
System Messages
From time to time, you will see a
number of messages scroll by on the
display which are generated by the
firmware in response to a number of
events. These are shown in Fig.8.
Real Time Data Logging
For data logging, run the command:
cardisplay -u:<N> or cardisplay
-l:<N>:<filename>, where <N> is the
number of samples and <filename> is
the name of the file to save the data to.
Fig.9 shows an example screen grab.
Note that when specifying a command line option with spaces, you use
double quotes to enclose the argument.
For example, to collect 2000 samples
and store the result to a file called
“My Output Log” you would type
at the command prompt cardisplay
Fig.8: these are some system messages,
which begin with a “>” character.
“Wait” appears when the display is
busy; “Logging” when entering data
logging mode; “USB On!” when a USB
cable is connected; “USB Off!” when
a USB cable is disconnected; and
“Reset” when a reset has occurred.
“Off” indicates that you have scrolled
past the last reading and that the
display is about to turn off (but not go
into standby mode yet).
“-l:2000:my Output Log”, enclosing
the argument in double quotes.
The produced file will be a .csv
(comma separated values) file which
can be opened with any spreadsheet.
Only values which have been made
loggable will be logged at the set logging frequency.
To change the loggable values of a
variable, run the command: cardisplay
-v and choose the “Set the Logging
Parameters For the Variable”. You
Fig.9: this screen grab was taken after running cardisplay -u:100 to collect 100
samples in real time. The battery level and the ambient light level are being
logged at the logging frequency of 5.6Hz. When using the -u option rather than
the -l option, the filename is generated automatically from the PC’s date and
time. In this case, the log was saved to dataWedDec171647472008.csv.
February 2009 83
Fig.13: In the Static Display Mode,
overflow is indicated by 4 ‘+’ signs,
while 4 ‘-‘ signs indicate that the
reading is not ready to be displayed.
In the scrolling modes, the value will
appear as ‘N/A’ when the reading is
not ready to be displayed.
running the command: cardisplay -v
and choosing the “Change Welcome
Message” option.
Saving & Restoring
Settings To A File
Fig.10: this shows the result of importing the log file into the spreadsheet
application Microsoft Excel. We’ve also created a graph of the battery voltage
level. This shows that the battery voltage was switched on around 4s after the
start of logging and switched off again at about the 15s mark.
can choose to toggle whether each of
the four values of the variable will be
logged. If at least one value is made
loggable, you can further choose to log
the accumulator for the variable and
to log the limit conditions.
A screen shot showing a log file
that has been imported into Microsoft
Excel is shown in Fig.10. Here, the battery level has been logged and a graph
has also been created.
Out Of Range Values
In Static Display Mode, out of range
values will be shown as four “+” signs.
When a displayed value comes from
a variable that has not been updated
since being last displayed, the value
will appear as “N/A” in the two scrolling modes and as four “–” signs in the
Static Display mode (see Fig.11).
Changing The Welcome Message
When the Car Scrolling Display
first powers on, a welcome message is
shown. The default welcome message
includes the firmware version. You
can change the welcome message by
To write settings to a file for later
restoring, run the command cardisplay -w:<filename>. You can restore
settings by running the command
cardisplay -r:<filename>.
Restoring Default Values
To restore all default values, as well
as clearing all strings, you run the
command cardisplay -r.
That completes our presentation of
this project in the magazine. To obtain
more detailed information about the
operation of the software and the
calibration procedure, as well as how
to change the variables’ settings, you
can access a PDF file entitled “Car
Scrolling Display User Guide” on our
SC
website.
Looking for real performance?
• Learn how engine management systems work
• Build projects to control nitrous, fuel injection and turbo
boost systems
• Switch devices on and off on the basis of signal frequency,
160 PAGES
23 CHAPTE
RS
temperature and voltage
• Build test instruments to check fuel injector duty cycle, fuel mixture and brake and coolant temperatures
• Speedo Corrector, Turbo Timer & Digital Thermometer Projects
of
Intelligen
t
turbo timer
I SBN 0958
5229
9 7809
5
Mail order prices: Aust. $A22.50 (incl. GST & P&P); Overseas: $A26.00 via airmail.
Fro m the
pub lish ers
8 5229
4
$19.80 (inc GST)
4-4
TURBO B
OOST
& nit
rous fuel co
ntrollers
6
NZ $22.00 (inc
GST)
How engi
ne
manageme
nt works
Order by phoning (02) 9939 3295 & quoting your credit card number; or fax the details to (02) 9939 2648; or
mail your order with cheque or credit card details to Silicon Chip Publications, PO Box 139, Collaroy, NSW 2097.
84 Silicon Chip
siliconchip.com.au
CIRCUIT NOTEBOOK
Interesting circuit ideas which we have checked but not built and tested. Contributions from
readers are welcome and will be paid for at standard rates.
+9V
S2
16
330k
Vdd
10nF
R1
5.6k
10x LEDs
O0
O1
8
7
O2
14
3
IC1
555
6
100k
4
CP0
O4
5
2
O3
O6
15
S1
1 F
13
MR
O7
O8
CP1
10k
O9
Vss
8
O5-9
12
K
2
4
7
150k
10
IC2
4017B O5 1
1
FROM
CIRCUIT 2
IF USED
A
3
5
10nF
100 F
6
9
11
A
K
820
(C1)
100nF
A
A
SCR1
2N5060
G
SCR2
2N5060
G
K
K
1k
1k
0V
+9V
D1: 1N4148, 1N914 ETC
8
7
A
D1
2.2M
4
3
IC3
555
6
2
K
2N5060
LEDS
68k
1
10 F
4.7k
TO GATE
OF SCR1
A
K
G
K
A
5
100nF
0V
(CIRCUIT 2)
Tricks with
a 4017 chaser
This circuit uses two SCRs in
conjunction with a 4017 decade
counter/divider so that its 10-LED
output cycles only once after each
press of a button. This could be useful for door chimes, an eye-catching
LED signal, a countdown timer or a
time-out signal for a quiz game.
Initially, both SCRs are off and the
circuit does not operate. On pressing
switch S1, SCR1 is turned on to apply power to the circuit comprising
siliconchip.com.au
K
A
555 timer IC1 and a 4017 counter
(IC2). The 555 timer sends pulses
to the 4017 counter which turns on
each of its 10 LEDs in turn. The auto
reset components connected to pin
15 of IC2 ensure that its output 0
(pin 3) goes high first.
After a pulse has sent output 9
(pin 11) high, then next pulse sends
pin 3 of IC2 high and this sends a
trigger pulse to the gate of SCR2 via
a 10nF capacitor. SCR2 turns on and
commutates SCR1 off, by removing
voltage from its anode which stops
the entire circuit.
The first press of S1 does not
trigger SCR2 because pin 3 of IC2 is
already high (by virtue of the auto
reset) and therefore no trigger pulse
can be delivered (to SCR2).
Pressing switch S1 will then restart the cycle. If you want to alter
the speed of operation, just increase
or reduce the 1μF at pin 2 of IC1.
To provide repetition of the 10LED display just connect Circuit 2
to the gate of SCR1. This is another
555 astable timer (IC3) which triggers SCR1 at intervals determined by
the timing components connected to
pins 7, 6 & 2 of IC3.
A. J. Lowe,
Bardon, Qld. ($40)
February 2009 85
Malcolm
is this m Sharp
onth’s
winne
Peak At r of a
las
Instrum Test
ent
Circuit Notebook – Continued
Fig.1: block
diagram of the
analog computer.
OUTPUT
+
+2.5V
DC VOLTAGE
REFERENCE
IC2
VR1
– log 2 N
DC VOLTAGE
GENERATOR
VR2
LOGARITHM
CONVERTER
(–log 2 N)
IC1a,IC1b,Q1,Q2
INVERTER
(A = –1)
IC1c
DC AMP
(A = 6)
IC1d
OUTPUT1
–
1
OUTPUT2
OUTPUT3
Low-power
analog computer
These days, digital computers
are ubiquitous but there was a time
when analog computers were more
commonplace and they still have
an advantage for certain applications. They also do not require any
programming (as in written code).
This circuit will compute the
logarithm of a number (N) using
the base 2 system. To convert it to
base “e” (2.718), use the function
1.4427logeN, where N is the number
entered. It will also compute the
similar function 20log10N.
As shown in the block diagram
(Fig.1), the circuit can be broken
down into four sections: a logarithm
converter & inverter, DC voltage
reference IC2, DC voltage generator
VR2 and DC amplifier IC1d.
The heart of the circuit (see Fig.2)
is the logarithmic converter involving op amps IC1a-IC1c and transistors Q1 & Q2. It works on the principle that the collector current in a
INPUT
+
–
transistor doubles for every 18mV
increase in voltage at its base (at
20.3°C). The 56kΩ & 1kΩ feedback
resistors from the output of IC1b
give the required voltage attenuation of .018 needed for this effect.
The output of IC1a provides bias to
the emitters of transistors Q1 & Q2.
IC2 generates a +2.5V DC reference voltage. Together with VR1,
this voltage and the 200kΩ resistor
generates a reference current for the
logarithmic converter to act on.
Potentiometer VR2 provides a
Loud repeater for
traffic indicators
Many older drivers cannot hear
the clicking of the traffic indicator
lamps and so may forget to cancel off
the indication after changing lanes.
These add-on circuits use a 12V
piezo buzzer to give a much louder
indication.
The simple circuit of Fig.1 uses
two diodes to sense the presence
of +12V across the left or right turn
indicator lamps. The commoned
signal is fed via potentiometer VR1
which acts a volume control for the
piezo buzzer. The 4.7V zener diode
reduces the overall signal voltage,
otherwise it would be far too loud.
The drawback of this circuit is that
its indication becomes rather too
insistent after a period, especially
if there are passengers with keen
hearing. The solution is to add a
555 timer to the circuit – see Fig.2.
Here, the diodes are now used to
derive the power for the circuit, as
they feed a 3300μF 25V capacitor.
The 555 is configured as a standard
timer and trimpot VR1 is set to
soundilicon
the buzzer
86 S
Chipfor every two to six
flashes of the turn indicator lamps.
This has the advantage that when
the turn indicators are cancelled,
the sound from the piezo decays in
a chime effect.
The 12V piezo buzzer is available
from Jaycar – Cat. AB-3459.
Robert Baker, siliconchip.com.au
Miranda, NSW. ($40)
Fig.2: the complete circuit. It’s based on a logarithmic converter
involving op amps IC1a-IC1c and transistors Q1 & Q2.
variable DC voltage source to generate the number (N) entered into the
logarithm converter, ie, the voltage
on the wiper of VR2 represents the
number, N, to be computed.
The output at pin 7 of IC1b is
-log2N while op amp IC1c multiplies
this result by -1 (ie, inverts the signal) to give the function +log2N at
its output.
Finally, op amp IC1d is used to
multiply the function on the output
of IC1c by +6 to give the overall function +20log10N at its output.
Calibration is as follows: adjust
VR2 until +1.00V is on its wiper and
then adjust VR1 until the output of
IC1b reads 0.0V. Once calibration
is done, you simply dial in your
number via VR2 and let the circuit
compute the logarithm; no need for
a calculator!
Because the entire circuit is a DC
amplifier, temperature changes can
play havoc with it. The LF444 quad
op amp minimises this problem to
some extent. The accuracy of the
circuit can be within 2% for a tem-
perature range of 18-22°C.
There is one more interesting
feature this circuit possesses. By
feeding in a sinusoidal waveform
superimposed on +2V DC in place of
VR2, the output of IC1b (or for that
matter IC1d) resembles a parabolic
wave. The point of inflexion in this
wave can be moved by increasing
the amplitude of the sinewave, a
similar effect to integrating a sawtooth waveform.
Malcolm Sharp,
Berala, NSW.
Contribute And Choose Your Prize
As you can see, we pay good money
for each of the “Circuit Notebook” items
published in SILICON CHIP. But there are
four more reasons to send in your circuit
idea. Each month, the best contribution
published will entitle the author to
choose the prize: an LCR40 LCR
meter, a DCA55 Semiconductor
Component Analyser, an ESR60
Equivalent Series Resistance
Analyser or an SCR100 Thyristor &
Triac Analyser, with the compliments
of Peak Electronic Design Ltd – see
siliconchip.com.au
www.peakelec.co.uk
So now you have even more reasons
to send that brilliant circuit in. Send it
to SILICON CHIP and you could be a
winner.
You can either email your idea to
silchip<at>siliconchip.com.au or post it
to PO Box 139, Collaroy, NSW 2097.
February 2009 87
Circuit Notebook – Continued
REG1 78L15
+15V
OUT
IN
IC1: LM358N
GND
100nF
K
470 F
25V
D1
10 F
25V
8
2
A
3
T1
IC1a
22k
12-15V
240V OR
120V AC
1
S1a
H
L
24k
100nF
10k
100k
TRANSISTOR
SOCKET
24k
100nF
10 F
25V
470 F
25V
5
H
IC1b
4
A
22k
C
3
1
B
2
E
6
K
D2
SCOPE
HORIZ
100nF
10k
7
S1b
L
100k
SCOPE
VERT
GND
IN
–15V
OUT
C
E
B
COMPONENT TO BE TESTED
REG2 79L15
79L15
D1,D2: 1N4004
A
STATUS
IN
K
PNP
78L15
OUT
NPN
SCR
UJT
GND
IN
OUT
BASING
DIODE
GOOD
B–C SHORT
OR
E–B2 SHORT
Semiconductor evaluator
for scope
GND
PNP OR NPN
2
B
E
1
C
3
B–E SHORT
OR
E–B1 SHORT
SCR
E–C SHORT
OR
B1–B2 SHORT
B–C LEAKAGE
OR
E–B2 LEAKAGE
2
G
K
A
1
3
B–E LEAKAGE
OR
E–B1 LEAKAGE
UJT
1
E–C LEAKAGE
OR
B1–B2 LEAKAGE
E
B2
E OPEN
OR
G OPEN
C OPEN
OR
B2 OPEN
B OPEN
OR
B1 OPEN
88 Silicon Chip
B1
3
2
DIODE
1
3
A
K
If you have an oscilloscope that can be
operated in X-Y mode (ie, with horizontal timebase turned off), this circuit can
be the basis of a useful semiconductor
evaluator. It can help identify unknown
semiconductors where you can no longer
read the labelling. For example, it will
distinguish between a diode and a zener
diode, between NPN and PNP transistors
and also identify SCRs and unijunction
transistors (UJTs).
The circuit comprises two interconnected op amps (IC1a & IC1b) which
generate sinewave signals which are 90°
out of phase. These signals are then applied via the two sections of switch S1
to the horizontal and vertical inputs of
the oscilloscope and to the socket for
the component to be tested. The switch
selects 10kΩ or 100kΩ resistors, depending on whether the component is a small
signal device or power device.
Depending on the type of device being
tested and whether or not it is faulty, the
circuit will produce characteristic waveforms which are shown in the accompanying panel. Note that these waveforms
are not definitive and will vary with the
particular component being tested.
Note that when no component is connected, the oscilloscope controls should
be adjusted to give a circular pattern.
Craig Kendrick Sellen,
Carbondale,
Philadelphia, USA. ($45)
siliconchip.com.au
D
S
G
GND
7805
IN
E
8
9
IC1c
1M
10 F
47k
47k
ARM
S2
10k
K
A
D3: 1N4004
8
Vss
P4
3
10k
K
A
DOWN
/OFF
S3
22k
TO PC FOR
PROGRAMMING
47k
D1, D2: 1N4148
2 SER
IN
IC2
5
PICAXE P2
-08M
P0
7
P3
6
100nF
ELECTRET
MIC
+
LINE
IN
siliconchip.com.au
* ADJUST VALUE
TO SUIT MICROPHONE
E
B
270nF
18k*
4.7k
2.2 F
220
1M
10k
C
Q1
BC549
270nF
S1
10k
1k
D1
P1
K
A
A
1
Vdd
D2
K
100nF
4
10k
47k
100nF
VR1
500k
UP/ON
S4
1 F
4
5
2.7k
12
IC1a
1M
47k
+5V
10 F
10k
2
IC1: LM339
470k
B
C
BC549
14
10 F
1 F
18k
22k
GND
GND
OUT
IN
OUT
680k
REG1 7805
1
IC1b
7
3
6
+12V
D
S
470
10 F
10
Q2
G
12V/24W
LAMP
D
Q2
IRFZ44
OR SIMILAR
+12V
A
D3
K
Bedside lamp
controller
Do you hate the bright glare as you
switch on your bedside light when
the alarm goes off? This circuit uses
an electret microphone to pick up the
sound of your alarm. It then slowly
brings up the brightness of a bedside
lamp made from a 12V 24W automotive tail/stop lamp. The result is that
you wake to a much more pleasant
situation.
When you stop the alarm, the
lamp remains at the current brightness level. If you press the snooze
button on the alarm, the lamp will
become brighter next time the alarm
sounds.
You can turn the lamp off whenever you wish by pressing the DOWN/
OFF button. The system can also be
disarmed if you don’t want the system to control the lamp. The lamp
can also be manually dimmed up and
down using the UP/DOWN buttons.
The electret microphone signal
is fed to BC549 transistor Q1. The
amplified signal from Q1 is then
rectified by a charge pump consisting of diodes D1 & D2 and a 100nF
capacitor. The resulting DC is fed to
trimpot VR1 which acts as a sensitivity control for the following comparator stages using IC1a & IC1b.
When the DC level at pin 4 is
above the reference level at pin 5,
IC1a quickly discharges the 10μF
capacitor at pin 7 of IC1b and this
causes the output of IC1b (pin 1) to
go low. This low is sensed at pin 4
of the PICAXE microprocessor (IC2).
As a result, IC2 now starts to turn on
the lamp via comparator IC1c and
Mosfet Q2.
The PWM signal from pin 5 is 5V
peak but the Mosfet needs around
10-12V on its gate to fully turn on.
Because the comparator outputs
are “open collector”, IC1c is able to
perform signal level translation to
convert this 5V signal to a 12V signal. The 470Ω resistor pulls the gate
to +12V whenever the PWM signal
goes high.
The software listing (BLC_4.bas)
will be available on the SILICON CHIP
website and is fully commented to
make it easy to understand.
Jeff Monegal,
North Maclean, Qld. ($40)
February 2009 89
Vintage Radio
By RODNEY CHAMPNESS, VK3UG
The Australian Army
Signals Museum
1950s at Balcombe where members
of the School of Signals initially set
up displays of equipment that was
being phased out of use by the army.
The museum was subsequently moved
to its present location in Macleod in
1970, where it was housed a redundant
satellite monitoring facility from the
Cold War era.
It probably seems ironic that a
museum is housed in a building previously used for the very “high-tech”
satellite-monitoring task. In fact, the
redundant monitoring station equipment still occupies some 60% of the
floor space, which means the museum
cannot display all of its stored equipment until the redundant equipment
is removed. Two 600kVA emergency
power plants are also still installed,
although these are no longer operating.
Communications pre-radio
This photo shows the WW2-era WS122 portable HF radio transceiver at
top (without its power supply) while below it is a WS22 transceiver. The
latter was a low-power (1.5W) HF unit covering 2-18MHz over two bands.
This month, we take a look at an interesting
museum that’s dedicated to the display of
ex-Australian Army radio equipment. It’s
not often that you get the chance to see a
collection of military communications gear.
T
ECHNICAL MUSEUMS have
always interested me and I endeavour to visit them whenever the
opportunity arises. Recently, an opportunity to visit the “Royal Australian Army Corps of Signals Museum”
at Macleod in north-east Melbourne
90 Silicon Chip
presented itself. I was fortunate that
Major Jim Gordon was able to give me
a personal tour of the facility.
This museum is part of the Army
Museums Network, which itself is
part of the Army History Unit. It
commenced operation in the early
Although our interest in army
communications is predominately
concerned with radio, it is interesting
to consider how armies communicated
before radio was invented.
In very early times and even up
until relatively recently, runners and
couriers were often used to keep the
commanders informed of progress
on the battlefield and to deliver their
orders. Horse-mounted dispatch riders
were commonly used before giving
way to motorcycle dispatch riders
during WW2.
Courier pigeons were also commonly used by many armies up until
WW2. In fact, they were still in use by
the Swiss Army as late as 1994.
A variety of sound and visual signalling methods were also used over the
centuries. Most were labour intensive
and messages usually took quite some
time to reach their intended recipient.
However, some methods proved relatively fast in transferring signals. For
example, the heliograph was an optical
device that reflected strong sunlight
and had quite a long range when used
siliconchip.com.au
Australian diggers pre-WW2 with a WT Set C Mk.2 “Cork Set”. It took no less than nine soldiers to support and operate
this equipment which was used by the Australian Army during the 1930s.
from hilltop to hilltop.
It was used from around the 1850s
and even saw limited use in WW2.
Radio communications
With the invention of Morse code
and the telegraph, communications
from fixed locations became quite
speedy. Insulated single and twin cables were often laid underground for
fixed locations and on the surface for
much more temporary installations.
Some readers will be familiar with
the D-series (commonly called Don 5
by the layman) twin-insulated cable.
This had one green and one black
wire and was commonly available in
disposals stores after WW2. This cable
could be run out from a hand spool or
more commonly from a cable-laying
trailer.
Wired communications developed
at a pace during WW1 and a variety
of systems were used. Some using a
single wire with an earth return proved
not to provide secure communications. After all, one side of a conflict
did not want to have the other side
reading their messages.
To overcome this, the D-series cable
and other similar twin cables were
siliconchip.com.au
Designated the Model 94 Mk.6, this portable radio was used by the Japanese
army during WW2. It operated over the 24-47MHz frequency band and could be
powered from external 3V and 135V batteries or from a hand generator.
introduced. At around the same time,
a telephone system using equipment
called a “Fullerphone” provided much
more secure communications than
some other methods of the same era.
The history and use of wired com-
munications in the army and civil
life is in itself quite an extensive and
interesting story.
Wireless in WW1
Wireless communications were first
February 2009 91
The WS208 was one of the first low-power sets to be used by commando units during WW2. This CW-only 6-valve set was
carried in a back-pack and had an operating frequency range from 2.5-3.5MHz.
Made by an English War Department Wireless Factory during WW1, the WT1
transmitter was fitted to reconnaissance aircraft from 1916. The pilot’s task was
to transmit enemy troop deployments back to HQ and to artillery batteries.
used by armies during WW1. Wireless
had been around in its fledgling form
since the turn of the century and was
now sufficiently advanced enough for
use by the military.
However, it was not enthusiastically
endorsed by all sections of the military
because it was still relatively undeveloped. The main problems included the
bulk and weight of the equipment, its
unreliability and a lack of competent
radio technicians to handle the gear.
92 Silicon Chip
At that stage, wired telephone and
telegraph systems were well developed and worked well. However, the
amount of wiring needed between
each communications site had grown
enormously and the system was inflexible due to the rapidly changing nature
of the conflict.
It didn’t take long for many forwardthinking military leaders to realise
that “wireless” was the way to go if
communications with the front line
were to be effective and timely. It was
just a matter of waiting for suitable
equipment to be developed.
The first wireless sets in WW1 were
Marconi pack sets. These required four
horses to carry each pack set plus five
or six men to set up a station, which
took around 10 minutes! It then required two soldiers to operate it.
The range was claimed to be around
50km.
In 1915, another set called the BF
was introduced, which had a range of
around 17km. This meant that “portable” battery-operated spark transmitters with valve receivers were starting
to be used at the front line. However,
in 1915, “portable” meant that the set
could be carried with difficulty by
several soldiers.
Most of the sets worked on quite
low frequencies which meant that
their antennas were inefficient if made
too small. For example, the Wilson
spark transmitter worked on three
wavelengths – 350 metres, 450 metres
and 550 metres. However, some small
spark transmitters operated on 65 and
80 metres.
By this stage, some aircraft were also
being equipped with transmitters to
report conditions back to headquarters from behind the front lines and
to adjust the fall of artillery. The WT1
transmitter from 1916 was one of the
sets used for this task and is shown in
one of the photographs.
siliconchip.com.au
For the troops in the front line,
progress in radio communications
was slow but steady during WW1.
During this time, low frequencies were
still thought to be the most useful for
long-distance communications. It
was not until the 1920s that amateur
experimenters proved that shortwave
(high-frequency) communications
were much more effective.
Perhaps the most successful “trench
wireless” during WW1 was a unit developed by the British in 1917. This
had a range of around 70km but if it
had used shortwave frequencies, it
would have been well ahead for its era.
However, it was still a good performer
and despite its limitations, it remained
in service until the 1930s.
The post WW1 era
Developments in radio communications for both military and commercial
use picked up speed during the 1920s
and 1930s. In the early 1930s, the C
Mk.2 “Cork Set” was being used by
the Australian Army. It required no
less than nine soldiers to look after
it and is shown in one of the photos.
Subsequently, by the time WW2 arrived, equipment like the No.11 set,
the 101 and the FS6 were in use (an
article on the FS6 appeared in the May
2002 issue).
During WW2, other more advanced
transceivers, transmitters and receivers were developed to cater for the
needs of the military. This equipment
included the No.19, which was used
in tanks, and the 22/122. Both were
semi-portable transceivers that could
be back-packed into remote areas and
were good performers for their era
(the 122 was featured in an article in
October 2002).
Another well-known set was the
AT5/AR8. Developed by AWA for the
RAAF, this 50W MF/HF transmitter/
receiver combination was also often
used for low-power base station work
and in shipboard installations.
Yet another interesting set is the 108.
This was one of the first backpack or
“walkie-talkie” sets and it’s closelyrelated sibling, the 208, was one of
the first low-power sets to be used by
commandos. The 108 was described
in the November 2006 issue.
Following WW2, the 62 replaced
the 122 and the 108 was replaced by
a much superior back-pack set designated the 128.
Radio communications equipment
siliconchip.com.au
Major Jim Gordon, the Officer In Command of the museum, with a WW2 101
military transceiver.
A close-up view of the WT Set C Mk.2 used by the Australian Army during the
1930s. It required lots of support equipment.
February 2009 93
The 62 portable transceiver (left) and the
128 back-pack transceiver (right) replaced
the 122 and the 108 transceivers in the years
following WW2.
AT20 which had an output power
of 500W.
WW2 receivers
A number of communications receivers and amenities receivers were
also produced during WW2. These
included sets such as the AMR300,
the HRO and AR7 communications
receivers, along with the No.4 general
entertainment (amenities) receiver.
General overview
From this short story, it can be seen
that this museum caters for well over
100 years of military communications.
It really is fascinating to see how
things were done over the years and
the explanations given by Major Jim
Gordon helped me to understand why
things were done the way they were. It
is rare to have the opportunity to learn
the rationale behind communications
developments.
Most radio collectors concentrate on
domestic radios and as such tend to
shun military equipment. The reasons
aren’t hard to find – it is generally visually unappealing and quite complex
technically. However, I think that all
radio enthusiasts should consider having at least one piece of our military
radio communications history in their
collection. We think that our domestic
radios are complex (and some are) but
it was the military equipment that lead
the way in technical innovation.
By the way, although most of
the museum’s display is indoors,
there were also a few large items
undergoing restoration in the compound. Many of these are post WW2
semi-mobile, high-technology communications and surveillance units
that were mounted in trailers and
vehicles.
My favourite gear
The type “A” Mk.3 “suitcase” set was the smallest transceiver to be developed
during WW2 and was commonly used by resistance groups and for clandestine
operations in Europe. It used miniaturised parts and had a range of over 160km.
played an important role behind enemy lines during WW2. Sets such as
the Type 3 Mk.2 and the Type A Mk.3
transceivers, plus the MRC-1 receiver,
were commonly used in Europe by
various resistance movements. The
94 Silicon Chip
Type 3 Mk.2 and the Type A Mk.3 were
described in the October 1998 issue.
Of course, much larger and more
powerful transmitters were used to
ensure reliable long distance communications. A good example is the
One highly-innovative piece of
equipment from WW2 is the 122
high-frequency AM/CW transceiver.
It’s one of my favourites bits of gear
and it used aluminium extensively to
keep its weight down.
It also featured a semi-break-in
Morse code facility, a press to talk
(PTT) dynamic microphone and a
metering system that allowed reading
of all vital operational indicators. It
was also well-sealed against moisture
ingress. In fact, it could probably survive an accidental dunking in water
with no ill effects.
siliconchip.com.au
This photo shows an AT5/AR8 MF/HF transmitter/receiver combination. It was commonly used as a low-power (50W)
base station and was extensively used in RAAF aircraft and in shipboard installations during WW2.
The set ran from 12V and had quite
a low current drain – about the same
as many transistorised car radios, in
fact. I could rave on about it for some
time but the point I want to make here
is that a large number of its facilities
and innovations were not incorporated
into domestic sets and communications receivers until 10-20 years later.
The WW2-era 108 back-pack transceiver
was designed for use by infantrymen at
battalion or company level. The Mk.2
version (1941) tuned from 6-9MHz, while
the Mk.3 (1943/4) tuned from 2.5-3.5MHz
and included CW as well.
Summary
Like most good museums, this
museum is still a work in progress.
However, Jim would like to have more
volunteers to assist in restoring equipment, setting up displays and guiding
visitors around the museum.
Currently, due to staff shortages,
the museum is usually open between
10am and 3.30pm on Tuesdays only.
The entrance fee is just $2 and the
museum is located in the Simpson
Barracks. The entrance is from Greensborough Road, just south of Yallambie
Road.
If you feel that you can assist as a
volunteer or have some redundant
military equipment which could be of
value to the museum, please contact
Major Jim Gordon on 0407 264 961 or
contact him via e-mail at jim.gordon<at>
SC
vicsig.net
siliconchip.com.au
February 2009 95
ASK SILICON CHIP
Got a technical problem? Can’t understand a piece of jargon or some technical principle? Drop us a line
and we’ll answer your question. Write to: Ask Silicon Chip, PO Box 139, Collaroy Beach, NSW 2097 or
send an email to silicon<at>siliconchip.com.au
SLA battery
charger
I have a few questions regarding an
old SLA charger (Powakaddy 1999)
and I hope you can help me to sort
out some problems. First, there is no
voltage across the alligator clips (with
no load and just the voltmeter) and the
regulator measured 24V. Is it true some
chargers register 0V until connected
to a battery?
The black negative output lead
consists of three wires and is sort of
terminated as one single wire before
it’s soldered to the alligator clip. I think
the two wires incorporate a thermistor
measuring the temperature near the
battery. Would it be an NTC type? What
is a typical value? 500Ω?
Unfortunately, I replaced the leads
and have had no luck surfing for a
schematic of the charger. (E. W., via
email).
• It is possible that your charger does
not deliver an output unless a battery
is connected. Try connecting a large
electrolytic capacitor (say 1000μF)
across the output leads together with
a shunt resistor of 100Ω or so. This
will simulate a battery but depending
on the complexity of the charger, even
this may not work when you make a
measurement.
The thermistor would be a NTC
(negative temperature coefficient) type
but you need to know the specified
value as there is little point in making
blind guesses.
Frequency
indicator query
Could you tell me if any circuit
modifications or misprints are associated with the “Frequency Indicator
For Generating Equipment” featured
in the Circuit Notebook pages of your
May 2008 issue? I have built the unit,
checked the circuit, connections and
components several times. I can only
get the LEDs running continually
through a decade count and no variation on adjustment of VR1.
I am testing it with transformer T1,
plugged directly into the mains. I know
Time To Get A Bigger Battery
I am working on a project that will
turn on several different incandescent 12V lights using relays powered
by a small 1.3Ah SLA battery. What
I have found is that the battery voltage drops quite a lot when the lights
are turned on, due to the large load,
but what I am concerned about is
that if this voltage drops too much it
could reset the microcontroller that
is being used to switch the lights on.
The light ratings are:
Relay 1: 3 x 6W
Relay 2: 1 x 18-21W
Relay 3: 1 x 18-21W
Relay 4: 2 x 18-21W
No more than two relays will be on
at the same time. Is there any way of
reducing this drop in the battery? If I
added largish capacitors on the output of the 5V regulator, would they
96 Silicon Chip
be able to provide a short supply of
power until the lights are switched
off, as they are only turned on briefly,
for less than two seconds? Or should
large capacitors be added across the
input to the regulator?
Can you provide any ideas? (B.
W., via email).
• By the sound of it, the battery is
not big enough. You have to consider
that an incandescent lamp will pull
surge currents of 10-15 times its normal rating at the instant after switchon. With a 21W unit, its surge rating
can be anywhere between 17.5A (10
times rating) to 26.5A. The battery
certainly cannot supply this current
without drooping.
The solution is to use a bigger
battery or use high-brightness LEDs
instead of incandescent lamps.
these are contributors’ circuits and not
yours. (R. C., via email).
• If the LEDs just run as a chaser, it
suggests that Q1 is on permanently.
You need to carefully check the connections around ICIc, IC1d & Q1.
Interference from
High Energy Ignition
I get radio interference from the
High Energy Ignition kit. I added a
power line filter and also an aerial
filter as the noise only comes through
when the radio is playing – no noise
comes through when the CD is playing.
I have tried placing the HEI as far
away from the aerial and radio as
possible. I even converted the ignition back to the standard Chrysler
electronic ignition and have no interference at all. So it’s obviously being
generated by the HEI. Any suggestions,
please? (W. S., via email).
• The causes of interference from the
High Energy Ignition (HEI) could be a
poor earth between the diecast case
of the HEI and the vehicle chassis.
Alternatively, a suppression capacitor may be required between the coil
output from the HEI and chassis. Use
a 220nF 240VAC class X2 capacitor or
use a suppression capacitor available
from automotive shops suitable for
ignition coil suppression.
GPS clock
power supply
I have recently purchased a Trimble
Thunderbolt GPS-disciplined Clock
(http://trl.trimble.com/docushare/
dsweb/Get/Document-10001/ThunderBoltBook2003.pdf), without a
power supply. The unit comprises
a GPS receiver and ovenised quartz
crystal oscillator and provides 10MHz
sinewave and 1 PPS square-wave outputs with high precision and accuracy.
The unit requires ±12V, +5V DC,
with 750mA on +12V, 10mA on -12V,
and 400mA on +5V. Note that I have
it on good authority (http://www.leapsecond.com/pages/tbolt/power.htm)
siliconchip.com.au
Deep-Cycle Batteries Must Not Be Heavily Discharged
With reference to the letter titled
“Incompatibility Between Smart
Charger & and Digital Inverter Generator” in Ask SILICON CHIP for October 2008, I thought I might relate
some of my experiences with an
off-grid power setup.
We have a pair of 100Ah batteries,
a 1500W pure sinewave inverter, a
300W windmill and two generators
(petrol 6.5kW and diesel 900W).
The system is set-up to run the 24V
inverter so the windmill is also 24V
and the batteries are in series.
The first thing that raised its ugly
head was the fact that although the
batteries are 100Ah, a warning written on the second one I bought said
not to take it below half charge or
this would compromise its life.
So instead of having 24V and
100Ah capacity I effectively had
only 50Ah available. It is worse
than that though, as in practice I
can get only about 600W stored in
the batteries.
That aside, the generators pose
some interesting questions. They
are both self-exciting generators out
that after the initial oven warm-up,
the unit only consumes about 160mA
on the +12V rail and 260mA on the
+5V rail.
Would the October 2005 Studio
Series Preamplifier Power Supply be
appropriate for this application? I plan
to replace the 100Ω resistors between
the Output and Adj pins of the LM317
and 337 regulators with 130Ω. My
calculations show that this would give
me ±11.83V (11.88V if you include the
55μA ADJ current).
Would the heatsinking arrangement be sufficient? Should I choose
a transformer with 12V/12V rather
than 15V/15V? If I choose a 12V/12V
transformer, would I have to adjust the
value of the 5W dropping resistor on
the input of the 7805 regulator? Is the
measured current draw on the -12V rail
(3mA) sufficient to maintain regulation of this output? (S. M., Mawson
Lakes, SA).
• The suggested power supply should
be ideal for your application, with the
change to make it 12V. Without knowing your local mains voltage, we would
siliconchip.com.au
of China and are generic brands.
The basic operating principle is
that the rotor has a winding with
what looks like big zener diodes to
limit the voltage in the winding. A
small magnet is buried in the rotor
to start the magnetic field, once the
rotor is turning. The stator has the
main winding for the output and
another winding which is tuned
by a capacitor to be resonant at the
output frequency.
Set up correctly, this gives a reasonably stable output voltage with
varying loads. The output from both
these generators is more a square
wave than a sinewave and it contains
a high level of a higher frequency
components (around 300Hz from
my scope and frequency meter). This
high-frequency component plays
havoc with our washing machine
which will not even switch on when
plugged into the 6.5kW generator but
runs faultlessly on the inverter.
We also use a couple of 12V
switchmode battery chargers to
charge the batteries when the generators are running. They work perfect-
be inclined to stick with the specified
15V/15V transformer.
Bigger charge
controller wanted
I read the project article on the
“Charge Controller For 12V Lead-Acid
Or SLA Batteries” (April 2008) and I
am wondering whether it’s possible to
upgrade the capacity of the design to
handle 20, 40 or even 60A charging.
There seem to be a lot of commercially available units from the
USA (especially Xantrex) and a lot of
cheaper ones coming out of Asia but
they all seem to be focused on solar
and wind systems. I feel that your design is not only simpler (less problems
in future) but also better suited to my
needs. What do you suggest? (D. B.,
via email).
• The circuit can be used for higher
charge currents if the fuse and Mosfet
are placed off board and the wiring and
components are upgraded. The terminals for the negative supply would
need to connect at the same point
ly on the 6.5kW generator but on the
smaller 900W generator one of the
chargers gets upset and its charging
current (which is a 3-stage automatic
system) drops off way below the
voltage it is supposed to. The other
charger performs normally.
My batteries are now difficult to
charge, coming up to the limiting
voltage (14.2-14.5V) in less than
two hours at a 12A charge rate and
thus have a capacity of maybe only
20Ah. Do you have any suggestions
on how to improve the batteries’
capacity?
Also, is there any way of filtering
or modifying the generators to get a
better waveform out of them so they
can run switchmode power supply
devices more successfully? (K. C.,
Tauranga, NZ).
• It may seem like a paradox but
you cannot heavily discharge deepcycle batteries repeatedly. It sounds
as though your batteries may have
become sulphated. You might want
to try out our Battery Zapper project
to recover their capacity. This project
was in our May 2006 issue.
rather than via the short PC track.
The Mosfet would need to be suitably rated and mounted on a heatsink.
The 20A rating could use the specified Mosfet but with a 20A fuse and
fuseholder and heavier duty wire. For
a 60A rating, a Mini-bloc SOT-227B
package for the Mosfet is ideal as it
has screw terminals rather than small
diameter leads. The IXFN200N07 (Farnell Cat. 490-5659) is rated at 70V and
200A – www.farnellinone.com.au
Ozitronics
Tel: (03) 8677 1411 Fax: (03) 9011 6220
Email: sales2008<at>ozitronics.com
New voice recorder kits
using ISD1700 series ICs
The sampling frequency can
be set from 4kHz to 12kHz with
external resistor, giving greater
flexibility in duration versus
recording quality. Non-volatile
storage. Standalone or microcontroller (SPI) operating
mode. All inputs & outputs via standard connectors.
Onboard microphone. K188 (40 sec)....$46.20
See docs for details K189 (120 sec).. $49.50
More kits and all documentation available on website:
www.ozitronics.com
February 2009 97
Cures For Battery Zapper Problems
Sometime ago, I started assembling the Deluxe Lead-Acid Battery
Zapper Kit (SILICON CHIP, May 2006)
and recently, I finally finished it!
However, I noticed a variety of
problems. In particular, I noticed
that all the battery condition LEDs
are lit when the battery voltage is at
about 6V. This seems to be due to the
supply voltage on the LM3914 (IC5)
being no higher than the voltages at
pins 5 & 6.
This situation arises because of
the voltage drop across D5 and the
100Ω 5W resistor. To make matters
worse, even more voltage is dropped
as the LEDs draw twice the current
at the transition between comparator levels because the LED drive
terminals are paired up.
I recommend two actions: (1) add
one 330Ω resistor in series with all
the LEDs to limit their current drain;
and (2) fit a fast recovery or Schottky
diode between the 6V terminal on
rotary switch S2c (ie, at the 1kΩ
resistor to LED7) and the cathode of
zener diode ZD4, thus bypassing the
100Ω resistor & D5 when operating
at 6V. This will raise the supply voltage to the LM3914. This worked in
my unit though the voltages on the
LM3914 are still near critical.
I also noticed that the batterycondition-check function didn’t operate consistently. This was due to
the 4093 oscillator section running
far too fast – 250Hz when it should
have been 66Hz. Replacing the
original 4093 brought that down
to 145Hz and certainly helped the
situation.
The 10μF capacitor at pin 5 on IC5
now had 7ms charging time but not
the 15ms mentioned in the article. In
my case (ie, mostly 12V operation),
increasing the 82kΩ resistor at pin
8 of the 4093 to 150kΩ or so should
correct that, though obviously 4093
ICs can vary quite a lot. (M. M.,
Dunedin, NZ).
• Thanks for those suggestions.
The fuse and its holder would also
need a rating to suit your current requirements.
with 372μA base current is 200mA
for a 1.3V (typical) collector emitter
saturation voltage.
ULN2003 Darlington
array query
DC-DC converter causes
radio interference
I am looking to use the ULN2003
to drive a number of relays, using
outputs from a PIC16F88 micro. In
some articles, I have seen a resistor
between the PIC output port and the
input to the ULN2003 and in other
cases, there is none.
The current through the relay coil
isn’t very large (35mA), so when
would I need to use this resistor and
is there something on either the PIC
or ULN2003s data sheet to indicate if
I need it? (B. W., via email).
• There is no need for a base resistor because there is already a 2.7kΩ
series base resistor for each transistor
in the ULN2003. Base current with
a 5V output from the PIC would be
about 1.4mA.
If you want to reduce the current
used by your circuit, you can use a
7.5kΩ resistor at each ULN2003 input,
to reduce current to 372μA. The collector drive current for the ULN2003
This is an old design by Peter Smith
in SILICON CHIP, March 2004, and subsequently also published in the UK
magazine EPE for June 2007.
I built one from a kit by Altronics
and it works fine at producing the 9V,
as designed. I thought it would be a
great idea for use with an old restored
Australian Kriesler radio that used a
2362 battery, as I could not fit six AA
or AAA cells in the space available.
Unfortunately, the device puts out
a terrible whine that seems impossible to overcome, even by wrapping
the whole thing in aluminium and
grounding it to the chassis. I twisted
and shortened the input battery leads
and the output leads to no avail.
It would be a perfect solution for
this application if I could suppress
the whine. Any ideas or suggestions?
(R. G., via email).
• There are two specific reasons why
your radio is picking up the whine.
98 Silicon Chip
The first is direct radiation from the
inductor and the input and output
leads to the PC board. The other is
the residual high-frequency switching
ripple which will be superimposed on
the 9V output.
We would expect the ripple to be
pretty low so that leaves direct radiation. The best way to suppress this is
to keep the inductor away from the
radio’s antenna and second, mount the
whole device in a steel box.
Modern TVs don’t have
enough analog inputs
I just managed to get an 81cm LCD
TV. The set works just fine but the
problem is that it has three remoteselectable HDMI input sockets and
only one analog A/V input. There
must be thousands of others like me
who have a HDD video recorder and a
DVD player with only analog outputs
but have a new TV with (mainly)
HDMI inputs.
There must be a market for a video
converter with a minimum of two
analog A/V inputs and corresponding
HDMI outputs. I was offered amplifiers with video processing starting at
around $1000, well out of my price
range. Has SILICON CHIP ever published
or considered such a project? (M. H.,
via email).
• Yours is a common problem but
I don’t think we could justify the
resources we would need to apply to
produce an A/V to HDMI adapter. The
only other way around it is to use an
A/V switcher.
Knock sensor for
after-market ECU
I have an enquiry about the “ Knock
Detector For The Programmable Ignition” in the June 2007 issue of SILICON
CHIP. How does this unit connect or
interface to an ignition system?
I have an aftermarket ECU which
controls fuel and ignition and I have
the ability to use an auxiliary input
on my ECU to retard timing. To trigger this, I must supply +12V to the
auxiliary input wire.
Can this knock detector deliver
+12V or ground signal when it detects
knock? Also, I imagine the trimpot
on the circuit board is used to adjust
sensitivity of the knock sensor? (R. M.,
Kingsgrove, NSW).
• The knock detector was designed
siliconchip.com.au
specifically for the Programmable Ignition system featured in the March,
April & May 2007 issues of SILICON
CHIP. However, it does deliver a +12V
signal when knock is occurring so
it could suit the same purpose with
your ECU.
Give it a try but we cannot guarantee
that it will work with your setup.
Courtesy light
delay confusion
My original “Car Courtesy Light
Delay” kit stopped working after five
years. I bought the new “improved”
model from Jaycar – Cat. KC5392.
It seems this kit does not cater for
a single-earth at the door like the old
kit did. The new instructions assume
that the single wire is positive, ie,
“if there’s only a single wire running
to the switch, this will be positive”.
Thinking this cannot be correct, I installed the new light delay kit in the
same way as the old kit I previously
built and installed. The new kit did not
work. In fact, I sizzled the circuit.
Can someone please inform me if I
can still buy the older kit or make the
new kit cater for a single-earth wire
switch? (J. H., Ermington, NSW).
• The Courtesy Light Switch-off
Timer as published in October 1993
and the Courtesy Light Delay from
June 2004 (Jaycar KC5392) are completely different projects with opposite
functions. The first switches off the
courtesy lights if the door is left open
or not fully closed for a period. This
design intercepts the positive 12V
supply to the lamps and switches off
the lamps.
The second circuit (June 2004)
switches off the lamps after a delay
Setting the Programmable Ignition Oscillator
I recently built the Programmable
Ignition System from SILICON CHIP,
March, April & May 2007.
Initially, at power up, the internal oscillator was always off (as
designed). But now, it is always
on, regardless of what state it was
in when powered down. Would reprogramming the PIC IC cure this?
Or would clearing the EEPROM be
a better option?
This fault occurred while I was
period when the door is closed so you
can still see for a time after the door
closes; hence the term “courtesy”. So
they have completely different functions. The confusion probably comes
about because the earlier circuit is
misnamed. It should have referred
to cabin or interior lights rather than
courtesy.
You should be able to repair your
switch-off timer from October 1993.
Possibly the BD650 transistor has
failed.
DIY radio
control project
About 30 years ago, I built a radio
control project that was serialised in
“Electronics Australia” or possibly
an English publication. It was quite
a successful project with 10 channels
that I think you could configure for an
analog or digital output depending on
the control board used on the transmitter and receiver.
One thing I do remember is that
battling to get the timing light to
work on the secondary coil. (W. D.,
via email).
• You can reset the internal oscillator by switching on power, selecting
Settings and then switching off the
oscillator manually. Then change the
trigger edge from the current setting
to the alternative setting and then
return to the original setting. Switch
off power and check that the oscillator is off at power up.
it used individual input and output
boards for each channel.
Do you think it may be time for an
updated version of this project as this
may offer an alternative to commercial
equipment with fixed and or limited
outputs? (M. R., via email).
• We published a complete RC system
in a series of articles between December 1994 and October 1996, by Bob
Young, the designer of the system in
“Electronics Australia”. We would not
do it again as a DIY R/C controller is
now much more expensive than one
SC
you can buy.
Notes & Errata
Car Scrolling Display, November
2008: on the schematic published
on pages 32-33 of the December
2008 issue, the ground connections to pins 15, 18 and 19 of
CON6 have not been shown. These
connect to the ground rail of the
display board via CON7.
WARNING!
SILICON CHIP magazine regularly describes projects which employ a mains power supply or produce high voltage.
All such projects should be considered dangerous or even lethal if not used safely.
Readers are warned that high voltage wiring should be carried out according to the instructions in the articles.
When working on these projects use extreme care to ensure that you do not accidentally come into contact with
mains AC voltages or high voltage DC. If you are not confident about working with projects employing mains voltages
or other high voltages, you are advised not to attempt work on them. Silicon Chip Publications Pty Ltd disclaims
any liability for damages should anyone be killed or injured while working on a project or circuit described in any
issue of SILICON CHIP magazine. Devices or circuits described in SILICON CHIP may be covered by patents. SILICON
CHIP disclaims any liability for the infringement of such patents by the manufacturing or selling of any such equipment. SILICON CHIP also disclaims any liability for projects which are used in such a way as to infringe relevant
government regulations and by-laws.
Advertisers are warned that they are responsible for the content of all advertisements and that they must conform to the Trade Practices Act 1974 or as subsequently amended and to any governmental regulations which are
applicable.
siliconchip.com.au
February 2009 99
ALL S ILICON C HIP SUBSCRIBERS – PRINT,
OR BOTH – AUTOMATICALLY QUALIFY FOR A
REFERENCE $ave 10%ONLINE
DISCOUNT ON ALL BOOK OR PARTSHOP PURCHASES.
CHIP BOOKSHOP 10% (Does not apply to subscriptions)
SILICON
For the latest titles and information, please refer to our website books page: www.siliconchip.com.au/Shop/Books
PIC MICROCONTROLLERS: know it all
SELF ON AUDIO
Multiple authors $85.00
The best of subjects Newnes authors have written over the past few years,
combined in a one-stop maxi reference. Covers introduction to PICs and their
programming in Assembly, PICBASIC, MBASIC & C. 900+ pages.
PROGRAMMING and CUSTOMIZING THE
PICAXE By David Lincoln (2nd Ed, 2011) $65.00*
A great aid when wrestling with applications for the PICAXE
See
series of microcontrollers, at beginner, intermediate and
Review
April
advanced levels. Every electronics class, school and library should have a
copy, along with anyone who works with PICAXEs. 300 pages in paperback. 2011
PIC IN PRACTICE
by D W Smith. 2nd Edition - published 2006 $60.00*
by Douglas Self 2nd Edition 2006 $69.00*
A collection of 35 classic magazine articles offering a dependable methodology for designing audio power amplifiers to improve performance at every
point without significantly increasing cost. Includes compressors/limiters,
hybrid bipolar/FET amps, electronic switching and more. 467 pages in paperback.
SMALL SIGNAL AUDIO DESIGN
By Douglas Self – First Edition 2010 $95.00*
The latest from the Guru of audio. Explains audio concepts in easy-to-understand language with plenty of examples and reasoning. Inspiration for audio
designers, superb background for audio enthusiasts and especially where it comes to
component peculiarities and limitations. Expensive? Yes. Value for money? YES! Highly
recommended. 558 pages in paperback.
Based on popular short courses on the PIC, for professionals, students
and teachers. Can be used at a variety of levels. An ideal introduction to the
world of microcontrollers. 255 pages in paperback.
PIC MICROCONTROLLER – your personal introductory course By John Morton 3rd edition 2005. $60.00*
A unique and practical guide to getting up and running with the PIC. It assumes no knowledge of microcontrollers – ideal introduction for students,
teachers, technicians and electronics enthusiasts. Revised 3rd edition focuses entirely
on re-programmable flash PICs such as 16F54, 16F84 12F508 and 12F675. 226 pages
in paperback.
AUDIO POWER AMPLIFIER DESIGN HANDBOOK
by Douglas Self – 5th Edition 2009 $85.00*
"The Bible" on audio power amplifiers. Many revisions and
updates to the previous edition and now has an extra three
chapters covering Class XD, Power Amp Input Systems and
Input Processing and Auxiliarly Subsystems. Not cheap and not a book
for the beginner but if you want the best reference on Audio Power Amps,
you want this one! 463 pages in paperback.
DVD PLAYERS AND DRIVES
by K.F. Ibrahim. Published 2003. $71.00*
OP AMPS FOR EVERYONE
By Bruce Carter – 4th Edition 2013 $83.00*
This is the bible for anyone designing op amp circuits and you don't
have to be an engineer to get the most out of it. It is written in simple language
but gives lots of in-depth info, bridging the gap between the theoretical and the
practical. 281 pages,
A guide to DVD technology and applications, with particular focus
on design issues and pitfalls, maintenance and repair. Ideal for
engineers, technicians, students of consumer electronics and
sales and installation staff. 319 pages in paperback.
by Sanjaya Maniktala, Published April 2012. $83.00
Thoroughly revised! The most comprehensive study available of theoretical and practical aspects of controlling and measuring
EMI in switching power supplies.
Subtitled Exploring the PIC32, a Microchip insider tells all on this powerful
PIC! Focuses on examples and exercises that show how to solve common,
real-world design problems quickly. Includes handy checklists. FREE CD-ROM includes
source code in C, the Microchip C30 compiler, and MPLAB SIM. 400 pages paperback.
By Garry Cratt – Latest (7th) Edition 2008 $49.00
Written in Australia, for Australian conditions by one of Australia's foremost
satellite TV experts. If there is anything you wanted to know about setting up
a satellite TV system, (including what you can't do!) it's sure to be covered
in this 176-page paperback book.
See
Review
Feb
2004
SWITCHING POWER SUPPLIES A-Z
PROGRAMMING 32-bit MICROCONTROLLERS
IN C By Luci di Jasio (2008) $79.00*
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO SATELLITE TV
See
Review
March
2010
ELECTRIC MOTORS AND DRIVES
By Austin Hughes & Bill Drury - 4th edition 2013 $59.00*
This is a very easy to read book with very little mathematics or
formulas. It covers the basics of all the main motor types, DC
permanent magnet and wound field, AC induction and steppers and
gives a very good description of how speed control circuits work with these
motors. Soft covers, 444 pages.
NEWNES GUIDE TO TV & VIDEO TECHNOLOGY
By KF Ibrahim 4th Edition (Published 2007) $49.00
It's back! Provides a full and comprehensive coverage of video and television technology including HDTV and DVD. Starts with fundamentals so is
ideal for students but covers in-depth technologies such as Blu-ray, DLP,
Digital TV, etc so is also perfect for engineers. 600+ pages in paperback.
RF CIRCUIT DESIGN
by Chris Bowick, Second Edition, 2008. $63.00*
The classic RF circuit design book. RF circuit design is now more important
that ever in the wireless world. In most of the wireless devices that we use
there is an RF component – this book tells how to design and integrate in a
very practical fashion. 244 pages in paperback.
AC MACHINES
By Jim Lowe Published 2006 $66.00*
Applicable to Australian trades-level courses including NE10 AC Machines,
NE12 Synchronous Machines and the AC part of NE30 Electric Motor
Control and Protection. Covering polyphase induction motors, singlephase motors, synchronous machines and polyphase motor starting. 160
pages in paperback.
PRACTICAL VARIABLE SPEED DRIVES &
POWER ELECTRONICS
Se
e
by Malcolm Barnes. 1st Ed, Feb 2003. $73.00* Review
An essential reference for engineers and anyone who wishes
to design or use variable speed drives for induction motors.
286 pages in soft cover.
Feb
2003
BUILD YOUR OWN ELECTRIC MOTORCYCLE
PRACTICAL RF HANDBOOK
by Carl Vogel. Published 2009. $40.00*
by Ian Hickman. 4th edition 2007 $61.00*
A guide to RF design for engineers, technicians, students and enthusiasts.
Covers key topics in RF: analog design principles, transmission lines,
couplers, transformers, amplifiers, oscillators, modulation, transmitters and
receivers, propagation and antennas. 279 pages in paperback.
Alternative fuel expert Carl Vogel gives you a hands-on guide with
the latest technical information and easy-to-follow instructions
for building a two-wheeled electric vehicle – from a streamlined
scooter to a full-sized motorcycle. 384 pages in soft cover.
*NOTE: ALL PRICES ARE PLUS P&P – AUSTRALIA ONLY: $10.00 per order; NZ – $AU12.00 PER BOOK; REST OF WORLD $AU18.00 PER BOOK
To
Place
Your
Order:
INTERNET (24/7)
PAYPAL (24/7)
eMAIL (24/7)
www.siliconchip.
com.au/Shop/Books
Use your PayPal account
silicon<at>siliconchip.com.au
silicon<at>siliconchip.com.au
with order & credit card details
FAX (24/7)
MAIL (24/7)
Your order and card details to Your order to PO Box 139
Collaroy NSW 2097
(02) 9939 2648 with all details
PHONE – (9-5, Mon-Fri)
Call (02) 9939 3295 with
with order & credit card details
You can also order and pay for books by cheque/money order (Mail Only). Make cheques payable to Silicon Chip Publications.
ALL TITLES SUBJECT TO AVAILABILITY. PRICES VALID FOR MONTH OF MAGAZINE ISSUE ONLY. ALL PRICES INCLUDE GST
ALL S ILICON C HIP SUBSCRIBERS – PRINT,
OR BOTH – AUTOMATICALLY QUALIFY FOR A
REFERENCE $ave 10%ONLINE
DISCOUNT ON ALL BOOK OR PARTSHOP PURCHASES.
CHIP BOOKSHOP 10% (Does not apply to subscriptions)
SILICON
For the latest titles and information, please refer to our website books page: www.siliconchip.com.au/Shop/Books
PIC MICROCONTROLLERS: know it all
SELF ON AUDIO
Multiple authors $85.00
The best of subjects Newnes authors have written over the past few years,
combined in a one-stop maxi reference. Covers introduction to PICs and their
programming in Assembly, PICBASIC, MBASIC & C. 900+ pages.
PROGRAMMING and CUSTOMIZING THE
PICAXE By David Lincoln (2nd Ed, 2011) $65.00*
A great aid when wrestling with applications for the PICAXE
See
series of microcontrollers, at beginner, intermediate and
Review
April
advanced levels. Every electronics class, school and library should have a
copy, along with anyone who works with PICAXEs. 300 pages in paperback. 2011
PIC IN PRACTICE
by D W Smith. 2nd Edition - published 2006 $60.00*
Based on popular short courses on the PIC, for professionals, students
and teachers. Can be used at a variety of levels. An ideal introduction to the
world of microcontrollers. 255 pages in paperback.
PIC MICROCONTROLLER – your personal introductory course By John Morton 3rd edition 2005. $60.00*
A unique and practical guide to getting up and running with the PIC. It assumes no knowledge of microcontrollers – ideal introduction for students,
teachers, technicians and electronics enthusiasts. Revised 3rd edition focuses entirely
on re-programmable flash PICs such as 16F54, 16F84 12F508 and 12F675. 226 pages
in paperback.
A collection of 35 classic magazine articles offering a dependable methodology for designing audio power amplifiers to improve performance at every
point without significantly increasing cost. Includes compressors/limiters,
hybrid bipolar/FET amps, electronic switching and more. 467 pages in paperback.
SMALL SIGNAL AUDIO DESIGN
By Douglas Self – First Edition 2010 $95.00*
The latest from the Guru of audio. Explains audio concepts in easy-to-understand language with plenty of examples and reasoning. Inspiration for audio
designers, superb background for audio enthusiasts and especially where it comes to
component peculiarities and limitations. Expensive? Yes. Value for money? YES! Highly
recommended. 558 pages in paperback.
AUDIO POWER AMPLIFIER DESIGN HANDBOOK
by Douglas Self – 5th Edition 2009 $85.00*
"The Bible" on audio power amplifiers. Many revisions and
updates to the previous edition and now has an extra three
chapters covering Class XD, Power Amp Input Systems and
Input Processing and Auxiliarly Subsystems. Not cheap and not a book
for the beginner but if you want the best reference on Audio Power Amps,
you want this one! 463 pages in paperback.
DVD PLAYERS AND DRIVES
by K.F. Ibrahim. Published 2003. $71.00*
OP AMPS FOR EVERYONE
By Bruce Carter – 4th Edition 2013 $83.00*
This is the bible for anyone designing op amp circuits and you don't
have to be an engineer to get the most out of it. It is written in simple language
but gives lots of in-depth info, bridging the gap between the theoretical and the
practical. 281 pages,
PROGRAMMING 32-bit MICROCONTROLLERS
IN C By Luci di Jasio (2008) $79.00*
Subtitled Exploring the PIC32, a Microchip insider tells all on this powerful
PIC! Focuses on examples and exercises that show how to solve common,
real-world design problems quickly. Includes handy checklists. FREE CD-ROM includes
source code in C, the Microchip C30 compiler, and MPLAB SIM. 400 pages paperback.
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO SATELLITE TV
By Garry Cratt – Latest (7th) Edition 2008 $49.00
Written in Australia, for Australian conditions by one of Australia's foremost
satellite TV experts. If there is anything you wanted to know about setting up
a satellite TV system, (including what you can't do!) it's sure to be covered
in this 176-page paperback book.
NEWNES GUIDE TO TV & VIDEO TECHNOLOGY
By KF Ibrahim 4th Edition (Published 2007) $49.00
It's back! Provides a full and comprehensive coverage of video and television technology including HDTV and DVD. Starts with fundamentals so is
ideal for students but covers in-depth technologies such as Blu-ray, DLP,
Digital TV, etc so is also perfect for engineers. 600+ pages in paperback.
RF CIRCUIT DESIGN
by Chris Bowick, Second Edition, 2008. $63.00*
The classic RF circuit design book. RF circuit design is now more important
that ever in the wireless world. In most of the wireless devices that we use
there is an RF component – this book tells how to design and integrate in a
very practical fashion. 244 pages in paperback.
A guide to DVD technology and applications, with particular focus
on design issues and pitfalls, maintenance and repair. Ideal for
engineers, technicians, students of consumer electronics and
sales and installation staff. 319 pages in paperback.
See
Review
March
2010
See
Review
Feb
2004
SWITCHING POWER SUPPLIES A-Z
by Sanjaya Maniktala, Published April 2012. $83.00
Thoroughly revised! The most comprehensive study available of theoretical and practical aspects of controlling and measuring
EMI in switching power supplies.
ELECTRIC MOTORS AND DRIVES
By Austin Hughes & Bill Drury - 4th edition 2013 $59.00*
This is a very easy to read book with very little mathematics or
formulas. It covers the basics of all the main motor types, DC
permanent magnet and wound field, AC induction and steppers and
gives a very good description of how speed control circuits work with these
motors. Soft covers, 444 pages.
AC MACHINES
By Jim Lowe Published 2006 $66.00*
Applicable to Australian trades-level courses including NE10 AC Machines,
NE12 Synchronous Machines and the AC part of NE30 Electric Motor
Control and Protection. Covering polyphase induction motors, singlephase motors, synchronous machines and polyphase motor starting. 160
pages in paperback.
PRACTICAL VARIABLE SPEED DRIVES &
POWER ELECTRONICS
Se
e
by Malcolm Barnes. 1st Ed, Feb 2003. $73.00* Review
An essential reference for engineers and anyone who wishes
to design or use variable speed drives for induction motors.
286 pages in soft cover.
Feb
2003
BUILD YOUR OWN ELECTRIC MOTORCYCLE
PRACTICAL RF HANDBOOK
by Ian Hickman. 4th edition 2007 $61.00*
by Douglas Self 2nd Edition 2006 $69.00*
by Carl Vogel. Published 2009. $40.00*
A guide to RF design for engineers, technicians, students and enthusiasts.
Covers key topics in RF: analog design principles, transmission lines,
couplers, transformers, amplifiers, oscillators, modulation, transmitters and
receivers, propagation and antennas. 279 pages in paperback.
Alternative fuel expert Carl Vogel gives you a hands-on guide with
the latest technical information and easy-to-follow instructions
for building a two-wheeled electric vehicle – from a streamlined
scooter to a full-sized motorcycle. 384 pages in soft cover.
*NOTE: ALL PRICES ARE PLUS P&P – AUSTRALIA ONLY: $10.00 per order; NZ – $AU12.00 PER BOOK; REST OF WORLD $AU18.00 PER BOOK
PAYPAL (24/7)
INTERNET (24/7)
MAIL (24/7)
PHONE – (9-5, Mon-Fri)
eMAIL (24/7)
FAX (24/7)
To
siliconchip.com.au
February
Use your PayPal account
www.siliconchip.
Call (02)2009 101
9939 3295 with
silicon<at>siliconchip.com.au
Your order and card details to Your order to PO Box 139
Place
com.au/Shop/Books silicon<at>siliconchip.com.au
Collaroy NSW 2097
with order & credit card details
with order & credit card details (02) 9939 2648 with all details
Your
You can also order and pay for books by cheque/money order (Mail Only). Make cheques payable to Silicon Chip Publications.
Order:
ALL TITLES SUBJECT TO AVAILABILITY. PRICES VALID FOR MONTH OF MAGAZINE ISSUE ONLY. ALL PRICES INCLUDE GST
MARKET CENTRE
Cash in your surplus gear. Advertise it here in SILICON CHIP
CLASSIFIED ADVERTISING RATES
Advertising rates for these pages: Classified ads: $29.50 (incl. GST) for up to 20
words plus 85 cents for each additional word. Display ads: $54.50 (incl. GST) per
column centimetre (max. 10cm). Closing date: 5 weeks prior to month of sale.
To book your classified ad, email the text to silicon<at>siliconchip.com.au and
include your name, address & credit card details, or fax (02) 9939 2648, or post
to Silicon Chip Classifieds, PO Box 139, Collaroy, NSW, Australia 2097.
_____________ _____________ _____________ _____________ _____________
_____________ _____________ _____________ _____________ _____________
_____________ _____________ _____________ _____________ _____________
_____________ _____________ _____________ _____________ _____________
_____________ _____________ _____________ _____________ _____________
_____________ _____________ _____________ _____________ _____________
_____________ _____________ _____________ _____________ _____________
_____________ _____________ _____________ _____________ _____________
_____________ _____________ _____________ _____________ _____________
_____________ _____________ _____________ _____________ _____________
_____________ _____________ _____________ _____________ _____________
_____________ _____________ _____________ _____________ _____________
Enclosed is my cheque/money order for $__________ or please debit my
o
Visa Card o Master Card
Card No.
Signature_____________________________ Card expiry date______/______
Name _________________________________________________________
Street _________________________________________________________
Suburb/town ______________________________ Postcode______________
Phone:______________ Fax:______________ Email:___________________
102 Silicon Chip
Looking for real
performance?
• Learn about
engine management systems
• Projects to
From the publishe
rs of
control nitrous,
fuel injection
and turbo
boost systems
• Switch devices
Intelligent
turbo timer
according to
signal frequency, temp
erature & voltage
I SBN 095852294
-
4
TURBO BOOST
& nitrous fuel contr
ollers
9 780958
522946
$19.80 (inc GST) NZ $22.00
(inc GST)
How engine
management works
• Build test instruments to check fuel
injector duty cycle, fuel mixtures
and brake & temperature
Mail order prices: Aust. $A22.50 (incl.
GST & P&P); Overseas $A26.00 via airmail. See www.siliconchip.com.au for
ordering details.
FOR SALE
RCS RADIO/DESIGN is at 41 Arlewis
St, Chester Hill 2162, NSW Australia
and has all the published PC boards
from SC, EA, ETI, HE, AEM & others. Ph
(02) 9738 0330. sales<at>rcsradio.com.
au; www.rcsradio.com.au
CUSTOMERS: Truscotts Electronic
World – large range of semiconductors
and passive components for industry,
hobbyist and amateur projects including Drew Diamond. 27 The Mall, South
Croydon, Melbourne. (03) 9723 3860.
electronicworld<at>optusnet.com.au
TECH REPAIRS SERVICE MANUALS
www.techrepairs.org – thousands of
downloadable service manuals for all
brands, makes and models including
PDP, LCD, VCR, DVD, CTV, Vintage
Radio, Laptops, Monitors, Vacuum
Cleaners, Washing Machines, Dryers,
Fridges and many more. An absolute
must have website for any Tech!
. . . continued on page 104
siliconchip.com.au
C O N T R O L S
Tough times
demand innovative solutions!
High quality
Realistic prices
Free software updates
Large range of adaptors
Windows 95/98/Me/NT/2k/XP
distribution amps - splitters
digital standards converters - tbc's
switchers - cables - adaptors
genlockers - scan converters
bulk vga cable - wallplates
CLEVERSCOPE
USB OSCILLOSCOPES
DVS5c & DVS5s
High Performance
Video / S-Video
and Audio Splitters
Made in Australia, used by OEMs world-wide
splat-sc.com
ELNEC IC PROGRAMMERS
VIDEO - AUDIO - PC
2 x 100MSa/s 10bit inputs + trigger
100MHz bandwidth
8 x digital inputs
4M samples/input
Sig-gen + spectrum analyser
Windows 98/Me/NT/2k/XP
MD12 Media Distribution Amplifier
QUEST
®
Quest AV®
IMAGECRAFT C COMPILERS
ANSI C compilers, Windows IDE
AVR, TMS430, ARM7/ARM9
68HC08, 68HC11, 68HC12
VGA Splitter
VGS2
HQ VGA
Cables
GRANTRONICS PTY LTD
AWP1
A-V Wallplate
Come to the
specialists...
QUESTRONIX
SPK360www.grantronics.com.au
3/5/06 1:10 PM Page 1
®
Quest Electronics® Pty Limited abn 83 003 501 282 t/a Questronix
Products, Specials & Pricelist at www.questronix.com.au
fax (02) 4341 2795
phone (02) 4343 1970
email: questav<at>questronix.com.au
20 years experience!
HI-FISPEAKER REPAIRS
Specialising in UK, US and Danish brands.
Speakerbits are your vintage, rare and collectable speaker
repair experts. Foam surrounds, voice coils, complete
recone kits and more. Original OEM parts for Scan-Speak,
Dynaudio, Tannoy, JBL, ElectroVoice and others!
B1/6 Tarlton Crescent, Perth Airport, WA 6105
Ph: (08) 9259 2000 Fax: (08) 9259 2001
www.computronics.com.au/meanwell
PRINTED
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
SPK360
YOUR EXPERT SPEAKER REPAIR SPECIALISTS
tel: 03 9647 7000 www.speakerbits.com
Prompt Response
Reliable Service
On-Time Delivery
Tested Products
Outstanding Quality
Satisfaction Guaranteed
1/2/3/5/7 Day Deliveries
Also
Nameplates, Engraving
Builders Plates Screenprints
Membranes
See
Revie0w
Nov e8
issu
Imagine being able to track
all commercial aircraft, anywhere
in the world, on your own PC!
If you are even remotely interested in
aviation, you’ll LOVE the AirNav RadarBox!
96 Malcolm Rd, Braeside Vic 3195
Tel: 03 9588 2828
Fax: 03 9588 2818
Email: sales<at>pcbeze.com
View aircraft id, type,
location, speed,
climb, height ...
and much more!
For more information, contact
John Parncutt, Hometech Consultancy
jparncut<at>bigpond.net.au
Issues Getting Dog-Eared?
Keep your copies of SILICON CHIP safe, secure and
always available with these handy binders
REAL
VALUE
AT
$13.95
PLUS P
&
P
Available Aust, only. Price: $A13.95 plus $7 p&p per order (includes GST).
Just fill in and mail the handy order form in this issue; or fax (02) 9939
2648; or call (02) 9939 3295 and quote your credit card number.
siliconchip.com.au
February 2009 103
Do you eat,
breathe
and sleep
TECHNOLOGY?
Opportunities exist for
experienced Sales Professionals
& Store Management across
Australia & NZ
Jaycar Electronics is a rapidly growing, Australian owned, international
retailer with more than 60 stores in Australia and New Zealand. Due
to our aggressive expansion program we are seeking dedicated sales
professionals to join our retail team to assist us in achieving our goals. We
pride ourselves on technical expertise from our staff. Do you think that the
following statements describe you? Please put a tick in the boxes that do:
Knowledge of core electronics, particularly at a component level
Retail experience, highly regarded
Assemble projects or kits yourself for your car, computer, audio etc
Have energy, enthusiasm and a personality that enjoys helping people
Opportunities for future advancement and development
Why not do something you love and get paid for it?
Please email us your applicaton & CV in PDF format, including location
preference. We offer a competitive salary, sales incentive and have a
generous staff purchase policy. Applications should be emailed to
jobs <at> jaycar.com.au
Jaycar Electronics is an Equal Opportunity Employer
& actively promotes staff from within the organisation.
Advertising Index
Air-Nav.......................................... 103
Altronics..................................... 74-77
Cleverscope...................................... 7
Computronics................................ 103
Dick Smith Electronics............... 20-21
Front Panel Express........................ 15
Futurlec............................................. 6
Gless Audio....................................... 6
Grantronics................................... 103
Harbuch Electronics........................ 19
Hare & Forbes..............................OBC
Instant PCBs................................. 103
Jaycar............................IFC,49-56,104
Keith Rippon................................. 104
LED Sales..................................... 104
Microchip Technology........................ 3
MicroZed Computers...................... 11
Ocean Controls................................. 8
Ozitronics........................................ 97
PCBCART....................................... 15
PCBEZE........................................ 103
Battery Packs & Chargers
DOWNLOAD OUR CATALOG at
www.iinet.net.au/~worcom
WORLDWIDE ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS
PO Box 631, Hillarys, WA 6923
Ph: (08) 9307 7305 Fax: (08) 9307 7309
Email: worcom<at>iinet.net.au
Quest Electronics.......................... 103
RCS Radio.................................... 102
RF Modules................................... 104
RMS Parts......................................... 9
Sesame Electronics...................... 104
Silicon Chip Binders...................... 103
Silicon Chip Bookshop........... 100-101
Siomar Battery Engineering
www.batterybook.com
Phone (08) 9302 5444
Silicon Chip
Circuit Ideas Wanted
Do you have a good circuit idea?
If so, sketch it out, write a brief
description of its operation &
send it to us.
Provided your idea is workable &
original, we’ll publish it in Circuit
Notebook & you’ll make some
money. We pay up to $100 for a
good circuit idea or you could
win some test gear.
Silicon Chip Publications,
PO Box 139, Collaroy, NSW 2097.
104 Silicon Chip
. . . continued from page 102
SC Perf. Elect. For Cars........... 84,102
LEDs! NICHIA SUPERBRIGHT LEDs,
Cree XR-E and 5mm LEDs, Avago
(HP) LEDs, many other standard and
superbright brand name LEDs. Plus,
see our new range of nixie clocks! www.
ledsales.com.au
Silicon Chip Order Form................. 10
PCBs MADE, ONE OR MANY. Any
format, hobbyists welcome. Sesame
Electronics Phone (02) 9593 1025.
sesame<at>sesame.com.au
www.sesame.com.au
KIT ASSEMBLY
KEITH RIPPON KIT ASSEMBLY &
REPAIR:
* Australia & New Zealand;
* Small production runs.
Phone Keith 0409 662 794.
keith.rippon<at>gmail.com
Siomar Battery Industries............. 104
Soanar.......................................... IBC
Soundlabs Group.............................. 4
Speakerbits................................... 103
Splat Controls............................... 103
Tech Repairs................................. 102
Truscotts Electronic World............. 102
Vicom................................................ 5
Wagner Electronics......................... 61
Worldwide Elect. Components...... 104
PC Boards
Printed circuit boards for SILICON CHIP
designs can be obtained from RCS
Radio Pty Ltd. Phone (02) 9738 0330.
Fax (02) 9738 0334.
siliconchip.com.au
|